WO2023047107A1 - Aryl or heteroaryl derived compounds for the treatments of microbial infections - Google Patents
Aryl or heteroaryl derived compounds for the treatments of microbial infections Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023047107A1 WO2023047107A1 PCT/GB2022/052392 GB2022052392W WO2023047107A1 WO 2023047107 A1 WO2023047107 A1 WO 2023047107A1 GB 2022052392 W GB2022052392 W GB 2022052392W WO 2023047107 A1 WO2023047107 A1 WO 2023047107A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- optionally substituted
- arc
- formula
- mmol
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 182
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 33
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 24
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 title claims description 23
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 title claims description 16
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title description 18
- 208000004554 Leishmaniasis Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 208000030961 allergic reaction Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 69
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 40
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001313 C5-C10 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000030852 Parasitic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004400 (C1-C12) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000000230 African Trypanosomiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010001935 American trypanosomiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000024699 Chagas disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000223109 Trypanosoma cruzi Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000029080 human African trypanosomiasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000002612 sleeping sickness Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 92
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 68
- -1 cationic lipid Chemical class 0.000 description 59
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 55
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 48
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 42
- YNNUSGIPVFPVBX-NHCUHLMSSA-N clemastine Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@@H]1CCO[C@@](C)(C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 YNNUSGIPVFPVBX-NHCUHLMSSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 41
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 37
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 229960002881 clemastine Drugs 0.000 description 34
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 30
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 27
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 27
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 26
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 26
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 25
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 25
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 24
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 241000222724 Leishmania amazonensis Species 0.000 description 20
- 241000222732 Leishmania major Species 0.000 description 20
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 20
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 16
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 14
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 13
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 13
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 210000004979 bone marrow derived macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 12
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 12
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 11
- HZIRBXILQRLFIK-IEECYHMASA-N n-[(e,2s,3s)-1,3-dihydroxyoctadec-4-en-2-yl]-6-[(4-nitro-2,1,3-benzoxadiazol-7-yl)amino]hexanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC\C=C\[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CCCCCNC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C2=NON=C12 HZIRBXILQRLFIK-IEECYHMASA-N 0.000 description 11
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- XOGYVDXPYVPAAQ-SESJOKTNSA-M meglumine antimoniate Chemical compound O[Sb](=O)=O.CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO XOGYVDXPYVPAAQ-SESJOKTNSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 230000003228 microsomal effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 9
- PMGQWSIVQFOFOQ-BDUVBVHRSA-N (e)-but-2-enedioic acid;(2r)-2-[2-[1-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-phenylethoxy]ethyl]-1-methylpyrrolidine Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O.CN1CCC[C@@H]1CCOC(C)(C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 PMGQWSIVQFOFOQ-BDUVBVHRSA-N 0.000 description 8
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000002514 anti-leishmanial effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229960002689 clemastine fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 8
- YPHMISFOHDHNIV-FSZOTQKASA-N cycloheximide Chemical compound C1[C@@H](C)C[C@H](C)C(=O)[C@@H]1[C@H](O)CC1CC(=O)NC(=O)C1 YPHMISFOHDHNIV-FSZOTQKASA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- IJJMFCFMKJYVCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-bromoethoxy(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C(OCCBr)C1=CC=CC=C1 IJJMFCFMKJYVCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241000222727 Leishmania donovani Species 0.000 description 7
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 7
- AJYOOHCNOXWTKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-Chlorobenzhydrol Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 AJYOOHCNOXWTKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010011668 Cutaneous leishmaniasis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 101000823949 Homo sapiens Serine palmitoyltransferase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102100022059 Serine palmitoyltransferase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HXITXNWTGFUOAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- RGHPCLZJAFCTIK-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2s)-2-methylpyrrolidine Chemical compound C[C@H]1CCCN1 RGHPCLZJAFCTIK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- LDLCZOVUSADOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromoethanol Chemical compound OCCBr LDLCZOVUSADOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- UMCMPZBLKLEWAF-BCTGSCMUSA-N 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 UMCMPZBLKLEWAF-BCTGSCMUSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 5
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 101100257062 Leishmania major IPCS gene Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101000689260 Leishmania major Phosphatidylinositol:ceramide inositolphosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 5
- CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxymethyl Chemical compound O[CH2] CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000012536 storage buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000006592 (C2-C3) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000006593 (C2-C3) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- AJYOOHCNOXWTKJ-CYBMUJFWSA-N (r)-(4-chlorophenyl)-phenylmethanol Chemical compound C1([C@@H](O)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 AJYOOHCNOXWTKJ-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AJYOOHCNOXWTKJ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N (s)-(4-chlorophenyl)-phenylmethanol Chemical compound C1([C@H](O)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 AJYOOHCNOXWTKJ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N Amphotericin-B Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=C[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N 0.000 description 4
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000222722 Leishmania <genus> Species 0.000 description 4
- 229910010084 LiAlH4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012979 RPMI medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- PLXBWHJQWKZRKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Resazurin Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)C=C2OC3=CC(O)=CC=C3[N+]([O-])=C21 PLXBWHJQWKZRKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N amphotericin B Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960003942 amphotericin b Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- QILSFLSDHQAZET-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethanol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QILSFLSDHQAZET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000012194 insect media Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000611 regression analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 4
- YQDGWZZYGYKDLR-UZVLBLASSA-K sodium stibogluconate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].O1[C@H]([C@H](O)CO)[C@H](O2)[C@H](C([O-])=O)O[Sb]21([O-])O[Sb]1(O)(O[C@H]2C([O-])=O)O[C@H]([C@H](O)CO)[C@@H]2O1 YQDGWZZYGYKDLR-UZVLBLASSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 229960001567 sodium stibogluconate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 4
- IPSRAFUHLHIWAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc;ethane Chemical compound [Zn+2].[CH2-]C.[CH2-]C IPSRAFUHLHIWAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RGHPCLZJAFCTIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpyrrolidine Chemical compound CC1CCCN1 RGHPCLZJAFCTIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RQFUZUMFPRMVDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Bromo-1-propanol Chemical compound OCCCBr RQFUZUMFPRMVDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AVPYQKSLYISFPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobenzaldehyde Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 AVPYQKSLYISFPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910003771 Gold(I) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910002666 PdCl2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010047505 Visceral leishmaniasis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- XIJAGFLYYNXCAB-KRWDZBQOSA-N [(2s)-1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl]-diphenylmethanol Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@H]1C(O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XIJAGFLYYNXCAB-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- FDWREHZXQUYJFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M gold monochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Au+] FDWREHZXQUYJFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 231100001231 less toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001589 microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000037971 neglected tropical disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- NNWUEBIEOFQMSS-ZCFIWIBFSA-N (2r)-2-methylpiperidine Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CCCCN1 NNWUEBIEOFQMSS-ZCFIWIBFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JNEIFWYJFOEKIM-NUBCRITNSA-N (2r)-2-methylpyrrolidine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C[C@@H]1CCCN1 JNEIFWYJFOEKIM-NUBCRITNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JNEIFWYJFOEKIM-JEDNCBNOSA-N (2s)-2-methylpyrrolidine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C[C@H]1CCCN1 JNEIFWYJFOEKIM-JEDNCBNOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CAYQIZIAYYNFCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CAYQIZIAYYNFCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006274 (C1-C3)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006570 (C5-C6) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- RGHPCLZJAFCTIK-RXMQYKEDSA-N (R)-2-methylpyrrolidine Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CCCN1 RGHPCLZJAFCTIK-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-tetrazole Chemical compound C=1N=NNN=1 KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-bis(butanoylsulfanyl)propyl butanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(SC(=O)CCC)CSC(=O)CCC NHBKXEKEPDILRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KSXTUUUQYQYKCR-LQDDAWAPSA-M 2,3-bis[[(z)-octadec-9-enoyl]oxy]propyl-trimethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(C[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC KSXTUUUQYQYKCR-LQDDAWAPSA-M 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SFAXHRYTDJJHII-QMMMGPOBSA-N 3-[(2s)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]propan-1-ol Chemical compound C[C@H]1CCCN1CCCO SFAXHRYTDJJHII-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CCIVUDMVXNBUCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-n-phenylaniline Chemical compound C1=CC(Br)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 CCIVUDMVXNBUCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000007651 Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010046938 Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Nitrite anion Chemical compound [O-]N=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical group O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001348 alkyl chlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001387 anti-histamine Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000602 anti-promastigote effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004296 chiral HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003636 conditioned culture medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- XRWMGCFJVKDVMD-UHFFFAOYSA-M didodecyl(dimethyl)azanium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCCCC XRWMGCFJVKDVMD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- XJWSAJYUBXQQDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C XJWSAJYUBXQQDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000006266 etherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003919 heteronuclear multiple bond coherence Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940005559 meglumine antimoniate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N muconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=CC=CC(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WFIZEGIEIOHZCP-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium formate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C=O WFIZEGIEIOHZCP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009097 single-agent therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium nitrite Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]N=O LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006829 sphingolipid biosynthesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 208000037911 visceral disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- RRCMGJCFMJBHQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-chlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical group OB(O)C1=CC=CC=C1Cl RRCMGJCFMJBHQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYIYPHDKKVWZKI-LJTMIZJLSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5s)-6-(methylamino)hexane-1,2,3,4,5-pentol;piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1.CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO AYIYPHDKKVWZKI-LJTMIZJLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMZAYRBXBZQPEP-QRPNPIFTSA-N (2s)-1-(3-chloropropyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C[C@H]1CCCN1CCCCl MMZAYRBXBZQPEP-QRPNPIFTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDEAGACSNFSZCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-chlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical group OB(O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 SDEAGACSNFSZCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGDRELLAZGINQM-CYBMUJFWSA-N (r)-(2-chlorophenyl)-phenylmethanol Chemical compound C1([C@@H](O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)Cl)=CC=CC=C1 JGDRELLAZGINQM-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDCJHFYXAPQYLA-CYBMUJFWSA-N (r)-(3-chlorophenyl)-phenylmethanol Chemical compound C1([C@@H](O)C=2C=C(Cl)C=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 DDCJHFYXAPQYLA-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUGRTVJQTFZHOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-tribromo-2-methylpropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Br)(Br)Br JUGRTVJQTFZHOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTZQTRPPVKQPFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NOC2=C1 KTZQTRPPVKQPFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKASFBLJDCHBNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,4-oxadiazole Chemical compound C1=NN=CO1 FKASFBLJDCHBNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMLSAISZLJGWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dithiolane Chemical compound C1CSCS1 IMLSAISZLJGWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULTHEAFYOOPTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dibromobutane Chemical compound BrCCCCBr ULTHEAFYOOPTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMGFLMXDCGQKPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(2-chloroethyl)pyrrolidine Chemical compound ClCCN1CCCC1 RMGFLMXDCGQKPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZPMMQGPHXEMSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine Chemical compound COCN1CCCC1 GZPMMQGPHXEMSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXHNLMTVIGZXSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Methylpyrrole Chemical compound CN1C=CC=C1 OXHNLMTVIGZXSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPPADGKTEDXGAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-[(4-chlorophenyl)-phenylmethoxy]ethyl]pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)OCCN1CCCC1 HPPADGKTEDXGAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCERKCRUSDOWLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromopropan-1-ol Chemical compound CCC(O)Br JCERKCRUSDOWLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWZDIEIXRBWPLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound CN1C=NC=N1 MWZDIEIXRBWPLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-1H-imidazole Chemical compound CN1C=CN=C1 MCTWTZJPVLRJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGYADSCZTQOAFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylbenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C)C=NC2=C1 FGYADSCZTQOAFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C=C2 AMMPLVWPWSYRDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMAFFHIGWTVZOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyltetrazole Chemical compound CN1C=NN=N1 OMAFFHIGWTVZOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHODFIDDEBEGCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpyrrolidine Chemical group CC1(C)CCCN1 PHODFIDDEBEGCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXBLVCZKDOZZOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-Dihydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CC=CS1 OXBLVCZKDOZZOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKTCBAGSMQIFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrofuran Chemical compound C1CC=CO1 JKTCBAGSMQIFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JECYNCQXXKQDJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methylhexan-2-yloxymethyl)oxirane Chemical compound CCCCC(C)(C)OCC1CO1 JECYNCQXXKQDJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTINRKGSNIHQMR-SSDOTTSWSA-N 2-[(2r)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]ethanol Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CCCN1CCO CTINRKGSNIHQMR-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTINRKGSNIHQMR-ZETCQYMHSA-N 2-[(2s)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]ethanol Chemical compound C[C@H]1CCCN1CCO CTINRKGSNIHQMR-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006016 2-bromoethoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=N1 BSKHPKMHTQYZBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyrroline Chemical compound C1CC=CN1 RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCHZICNRHXRCHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-oxazine Chemical compound N1OC=CC=C1 BCHZICNRHXRCHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTZIQBGFCYJWKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium Chemical compound S1C(C)=C(C)N=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 FTZIQBGFCYJWKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SIJLYRDVTMMSIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Bromo-1-butanol Chemical compound OCCCCBr SIJLYRDVTMMSIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPRIGCVCJPKVFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-n-phenylaniline Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 VPRIGCVCJPKVFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXYMSQQCBUKFHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitro-n-phenylaniline Chemical compound C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 XXYMSQQCBUKFHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1N=CNN=1 NSPMIYGKQJPBQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150064299 AUR1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010048610 Cardiotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001061 Dunnett's test Methods 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNCMHMUGTWEVOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N F[CH]F Chemical compound F[CH]F JNCMHMUGTWEVOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005033 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101100297762 Gibberella zeae (strain ATCC MYA-4620 / CBS 123657 / FGSC 9075 / NRRL 31084 / PH-1) PKS12 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000222712 Kinetoplastida Species 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N Muconic acid Natural products OC(=O)\C=C/C=C\C(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZNYWPRCVDMOJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(1-naphthyl)ethylenediamine dihydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].C1=CC=C2C([NH2+]CC[NH3+])=CC=CC2=C1 MZNYWPRCVDMOJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007126 N-alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- UQFQONCQIQEYPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylpyrazole Chemical compound CN1C=CC=N1 UQFQONCQIQEYPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010039085 Rhinitis allergic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terfenadine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(O)CCCN1CCC(C(O)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical compound C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YPWFISCTZQNZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiane Chemical compound C1CCSCC1 YPWFISCTZQNZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIJAGFLYYNXCAB-QGZVFWFLSA-N [(2r)-1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl]-diphenylmethanol Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@@H]1C(O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XIJAGFLYYNXCAB-QGZVFWFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZJXKISLUDYJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N [N].C1CCNC1 Chemical compound [N].C1CCNC1 DZJXKISLUDYJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000272 alkali metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001860 alkaline earth metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000010105 allergic rhinitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021502 aluminium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- REDXJYDRNCIFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium(3+) Chemical compound [Al+3] REDXJYDRNCIFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005571 anion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZSIQJIWKELUFRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azepane Chemical compound C1CCCNCC1 ZSIQJIWKELUFRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RQPZNWPYLFFXCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ba+2] RQPZNWPYLFFXCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001863 barium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- UPABQMWFWCMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benethamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCC1=CC=CC=C1 UPABQMWFWCMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000259 cardiotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003570 cell viability assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005660 chlorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005100 correlation spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QPMLSUSACCOBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazepane Chemical compound C1CCNNCC1 QPMLSUSACCOBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004132 diethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001085 differential centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037912 fatal visceral disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001506 fluorescence spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012909 foetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004817 gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002290 gas chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000005570 heteronuclear single quantum coherence Methods 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCC)(=O)O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004930 large organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide Inorganic materials [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000011866 long-term treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012092 media component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HQEIPVHJHZTMDP-NUBCRITNSA-N methyl (2r)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)[C@H]1CCCN1 HQEIPVHJHZTMDP-NUBCRITNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQEIPVHJHZTMDP-JEDNCBNOSA-N methyl (2s)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.COC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 HQEIPVHJHZTMDP-JEDNCBNOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ninhydrin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(O)(O)C(=O)C2=C1 FEMOMIGRRWSMCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940126701 oral medication Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- DHRLEVQXOMLTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;trioxomolybdenum Chemical compound O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.O=[Mo](=O)=O.OP(O)(O)=O DHRLEVQXOMLTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006316 polyvinylpyrrolidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012286 potassium permanganate Substances 0.000 description 1
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000000040 protozoan parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical group C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUFUWKKDHIABBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-1-ylmethanol Chemical compound OCN1CCCC1 GUFUWKKDHIABBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrroline Natural products C1CC=NC1 ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010288 sodium nitrite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WSWCOQWTEOXDQX-MQQKCMAXSA-N sorbic acid group Chemical group C(\C=C\C=C\C)(=O)O WSWCOQWTEOXDQX-MQQKCMAXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FDDDEECHVMSUSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanilamide Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 FDDDEECHVMSUSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DPKBAXPHAYBPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- VOVUARRWDCVURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiirane Chemical compound C1CS1 VOVUARRWDCVURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 210000002303 tibia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004704 ultra performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021642 ultra pure water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012498 ultrapure water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000273 veterinary drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003026 viability measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002618 waking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021511 zinc hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with radicals, containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
- A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
Definitions
- Aryl or heteroaryl derived compounds for the treatements of microbial infections he invention relates to microbial infections, and in particular to novel compositions, therapies and methods for treating, preventing or ameliorating a microbial infection.
- NTD Neglected Tropical Disease
- Leishmania species are sand fly borne kinetoplastid protozoan parasites and infection leads to a wide spectrum of clinical manifestations in endemic areas, from self-healing but scarring cutaneous leishmaniasis (CL) to fatal visceral disease (VL).
- a compound of formula (I) wherein X 1 is CR 3 , N or SiR 3 ; L 1 and L 2 are independently absent or a linker with a backbone consisting of between 1 and 5 atoms, the linker comprising at least one group, the or each group being independently selected from the list consisting of an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkynylene, NR 5 , O, S, SO and SO2; R 1 and R 2 are independently an optionally substituted C 6-12 aryl, an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl; R 3 is H, an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted
- a compound of formula (I) is easy to manufacture. Furthermore, compounds of formula (I) have been found to be equipotent to clemastine against L. amazonensis promastigotes and more active than clemastine against L. major promastigotes. Compounds of formula (I) have been found to be less toxic to macrophages than clemastine and showed similar activity to clemastine against L. amazonensis intramacrophage amastigotes. Therefore, compounds of formula (I) can be a more accessible and selective compound than clemastine. The inventors have found that liposomal formulations comprising the compound of formula (I) are particularly effective.
- a liposomal formulation comprising a compound of formula (I) as defined by the first aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof and a liposomal carrier.
- the liposomal carrier may comprise a phospholipid.
- the phospholipid may be or comprise phosphatidylcholine (PC).
- the PC may be egg PC.
- the liposomal carrier may comprise a cationic lipid.
- the cationic lipid may be or comprise octadecan-1-amine (SA), hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide (CTAB), dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide (DTAB), didodecyldimethylammonium bromide (DDAB) and/or N-[1-(2,3-Dioleoyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride (DOTAP).
- the liposomal carrier comprises a phospholipid and a cationic lipid. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the liposomal carrier comprises phosphatidylcholine (PC) and octadecan-1-amine (SA).
- the molar ratio of the phospholipid to the cationic lipid may be between 1:10 and 50:1, between 1:5 and 25:1, between 1:2 and 10:1, between 1:1 and 8:1, between 2:1 and 6:1 or between 3:1 and 4:1. In some embodiments, the molar ratio of the phospholipid to the cationic lipid is 7:2.
- the weight ratio of the liposomal carrier to the compound of formula (I) between 1:1 and 100:1, between 2:1 and 75:1, between 5:1 and 50:1, between 10:1 and 25:1, between 12:1 and 20:1 or between 14:1 and 18:1.
- the liposomal formulation may further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
- the compound of formula (I) or the liposomal formulation may be used as a medicament.
- a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or the liposomal formulation of the second aspect for use as a medicament.
- the compounds of formula (I) may be used to treat a microbial infection or as an antihistaminic.
- a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or the liposomal formulation of the second aspect for use in treating a microbial infection or an allergic reaction.
- a method of treating, preventing or ameliorating a microbial infection or an allergic reaction in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof or the liposomal formulation of the second aspect.
- the microbial infection is a parasitic infection.
- the parasitic infection is a protozoan parasitic infection.
- the parasitic infection may be leishmaniasis, Chagas disease or African sleeping sickness.
- the parasitic infection is leishmaniasis.
- the allergic reaction may be allergic rhinitis.
- alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon.
- the alkyl may be a primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon.
- C1-C12 alkyls include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl (1-propyl), isopropyl (2- propyl, 1-methylethyl), butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, isohexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl and dodecyl.
- An alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- a substituted alkyl may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 and/or oxo, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine.
- the optionally substituted alkyl may be a fluorinated alkyl.
- a fluorinated methyl may be –CH 2 F, CHF 2 or -CF 3 .
- alkenyl refers to an olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups which can be unbranched or branched.
- the alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbons, i.e. it is a C 2 -C 6 alkenyl.
- C 2 -C 6 alkenyl includes for example vinyl, allyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl and hexenyl.
- An alkenyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 and/or oxo, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine.
- the optionally substituted alkyl may be a fluorinated alkenyl.
- alkynyl refers to an acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups which can be unbranched or branched.
- the alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbons, i.e. it is a C 2 -C 6 alkynyl.
- C 2 -C 6 alkynyl includes for example propargyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl and hexynyl.
- An alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 and/or oxo, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine. Accordingly, the optionally substituted alkyl may be a fluorinated alkynyl.
- alkylene refers to a bivalent saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon.
- An alkylene group may be as defined above in relation the alkyl group, but with a hydrogen atom removed therefrom to cause the group to be bivalent.
- alkenylene refers to a bivalent olefinically unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon.
- An alkenylene group may be as defined above in relation the alkenyl group, but with a hydrogen atom removed therefrom to cause the group to be bivalent.
- alkynylene refers to a bivalent acetylenically unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon.
- An alkynylene group may be as defined above in relation the alkynyl group, but with a hydrogen atom removed therefrom to cause the group to be bivalent.
- heterocycle refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic or bridged molecules in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom. Unless otherwise specified, the or each heteroatom may be independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulphur and nitrogen. A heterocycle may be saturated or partially saturated.
- Exemplary 3 to 8 membered heterocyclyl groups include but are not limited to aziridine, oxirane, oxirene, thiirane, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, tetrahydrothiophene, dithiolane, piperidine, 1,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridine-1-yl, tetrahydropyran, pyran, morpholine, piperazine, thiane, thiine, piperazine, azepane, diazepane and oxazine.
- a heterocycle group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- a substituted heterocycle may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO 2 , OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , oxo, C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl and/or optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C 2 -C 6 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine.
- aryl refers to an aromatic 6 to 12 membered hydrocarbon group.
- Examples of a C 6 -C 12 aryl group include, but are not limited to, phenyl, ⁇ -naphthyl, ⁇ -naphthyl, biphenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl and indanyl.
- An aryl group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- a substituted aryl may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)NR 6 R 7 , SO 2 R 6 , SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2-6 alkenyl and/or optionally substituted C 2-6 alkynyl, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine.
- heteroaryl refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic 5 to 10 membered ring system in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom.
- the or each heteroatom may be independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulphur and nitrogen.
- Examples of 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl groups include furan, thiophene, indole, azaindole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, imidazole, N-methylimidazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyrrole, N-methylpyrrole, pyrazole, N-methylpyrazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1- methyl-1,2,4-triazole, 1H-tetrazole, 1-methyltetrazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzofuran, benzisoxazole, benzimidazole, N- methylbenzimidazole, azabenzimidazole, indazole, quinazoline, quinoline and isoquinoline.
- Bicyclic 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl groups include those where a phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine or pyridazine ring is fused to a 5 or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl ring.
- a heteroaryl group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
- a substituted heteroaryl may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO 2 , OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , oxo, C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)NR 6 R 7 , SO2R 6 , SO2NR 6 R 7 , optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl and/or optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine.
- the term “backbone of the linker” refers to the shortest continuous chain of bonded atoms between the two components of formula (I) which are connected by the linker.
- X 1 is CR 3 or SiR 3 .
- the compound may be a compound of formula (Ia): , wherein X 2 is C or Si.
- the compound of formula (Ia) may be a compound of formula (Iai), formula (Iaii) or formula (Iaiii):
- the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (Iaii).
- X 1 is N.
- L 1 and/or L 2 may be O, NH or CH2.
- L 1 is absent. In some embodiments, L 2 is absent. In some embodiments, L 1 and L 2 are absent. Accordingly, the compound may be a compound of formula (Ib): More preferably, the compound is a compound of formula (Ic): The compound of formula (Ic) may be a compound of formula (Ici), formula (Icii) or formula (Iciii): In a preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (Icii). In a preferred embodiment, X 2 is C. Preferably, at least one of R 1 and R 2 is an optionally substituted C 6-12 aryl or an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl.
- R 1 may be an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl or an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. More preferably, R 1 is an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl. R 1 may be an optionally substituted phenyl, an optionally substituted pyrrolyl, an optionally substituted pyrazolyl, an optionally substituted imidazolyl, an optionally substituted triazolyl, an optionally substituted tetrazolyl, an optionally substituted oxazolyl, an optionally substituted isoxazolyl, an optionally substituted thiazolyl, an optionally substituted isothiazolyl, an optionally substituted pyridinyl, an optionally substituted pyridazinyl, an optionally substituted pyrimidinyl or an optionally substituted pyrazinyl.
- the aryl or heteroaryl may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- the or each substituent may be selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)NR 6 R 7 , SO2R 6 , SO2NR 6 R 7 , optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkynyl and/or an optionally substituted C 1-3 alkoxy, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C3 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
- R 6 and/or R 7 may be H or –CH 3 .
- the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two substituents.
- the aryl or heteroaryl is substituted with one substituent.
- the substituents may be disposed in the ortho, meta and/or para positions.
- the substituents are disposed in the meta and/or para positions.
- the aryl or the heteroaryl is substituted with one substituent in the para position.
- the aryl or heteroaryl may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, –OCH3 and NO2.
- R 1 is R 2 may be an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl or an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. More preferably, R 2 is an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl.
- R 2 may be an optionally substituted phenyl, an optionally substituted pyrrolyl, an optionally substituted pyrazolyl, an optionally substituted imidazolyl, an optionally substituted triazolyl, an optionally substituted tetrazolyl, an optionally substituted oxazolyl, an optionally substituted isoxazolyl, an optionally substituted thiazolyl, an optionally substituted isothiazolyl, an optionally substituted pyridinyl, an optionally substituted pyridazinyl; an optionally substituted pyrimidinyl or an optionally substituted pyrazinyl.
- the aryl or heteroaryl may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.
- the or each substituent may be selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO 2 , OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)NR 6 R 7 , SO2R 6 , SO2NR 6 R 7 , optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkynyl and/or an optionally substituted C 1-3 alkoxy, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
- R 6 and/or R 7 may be H or –CH3.
- the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two substituents. Most preferably, the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted.
- the substituents may be disposed in the ortho, meta and/or para positions. Preferably, the substituents are disposed in the meta and/or para positions. Accordingly, the aryl or heteroaryl may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, –OCH 3 and NO2.
- R 2 is an unsubstituted phenyl.
- R 3 may be H, an optionally substituted C 1-3 alkyl, an optionally substituted C 2-3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C 2-3 alkynyl.
- R 3 is H or methyl.
- R 4 is an optionally substituted heterocycle.
- the heterocycle may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , oxo, C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)NR 6 R 7 , SO2R 6 , SO2NR 6 R 7 , optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkenyl and/or optionally substituted C 2-3 alkynyl, wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 2 -C 3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkynyl.
- substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR 6 , NR 6 R 7 , oxo, C(O)R 6 , C(O)OR 6 , C(O)NR 6 R 7 , SO2R 6 , SO2NR 6
- the optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl and/or optionally substituted alkynyl may be unsubstituted or substituted with a halogen, OR 6 and/or NR 6 R 7 , wherein R 6 and R 7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C3 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkynyl.
- the optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl and/or optionally substituted alkynyl is unsubstituted or substituted with a halogen and/or OR 6 , wherein R 6 is H, a C 1 -C 3 alkyl group, a C 2 -C 3 alkenyl or a C 2 -C 3 alkynyl.
- the halogen may be fluorine.
- the heterocycle may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of CH 3 , CH 2 OH, CH 2 OCH 3 and/or COOCH3.
- the heterocycle R 4 may be an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, an optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, an optionally substituted pyrazolidinyl, an optionally substituted imidazolidinyl, an optionally substituted piperidinyl or an optionally substituted piperazinyl.
- R 4 is an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl or an optionally substituted piperidinyl. More preferably, R 4 is an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl.
- R 4 is L 3 may have the structure –L 4 -L 5 -, wherein L 5 is bonded directly to R 4 , L 4 is NR 5 , O, S, SO or SO2 and L 5 is an optionally substituted C1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C 2-7 alkynylene.
- L 4 is O.
- L 5 may be an optionally substituted C 2-4 alkylene, an optionally substituted C 2-4 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C2-4 alkynylene.
- L 5 is an optionally substituted linear C2-4 alkylene, an optionally substituted linear C2-4 alkenylene or an optionally substituted linear C2-4 alkynylene. Even more preferably, L 5 is –CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - or –CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -. Most preferably, L 5 is -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - .
- L 3 may be an optionally substituted C 1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C 2-7 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C 2-7 alkynylene.
- L 3 may be an optionally substituted C2-5 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-5 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C2-5 alkynylene. More preferably, L 3 is an optionally substituted linear C 2-5 alkylene, an optionally substituted linear C 2-5 alkenylene or an optionally substituted linear C 2-5 alkynylene. Even more preferably, L 3 is –CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH2CH2CH2-, –CH2CH2CH2CH2- or –CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-. Most preferably, L 3 is - CH2CH2CH2CH2-.
- the compound of formula I may be a compound selected from:
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include any salt of a compound of formula (I) provided herein which retains its biological properties and which is not toxic or otherwise undesirable for pharmaceutical use.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter-ions well known in the art.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salt may comprise an acid addition salt formed with organic or inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric, sulfamic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, trichloroacetic, propionic, hexanoic, cyclopentylpropionic, glycolic, glutaric, pyruvic, lactic, malonic, succinic, sorbic, ascorbic, malic, maleic, fumaric, tartaric, citric, benzoic, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic, picric, cinnamic, mandelic, phthalic, lauric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, 1,2- ethane-disulfonic, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, 4-toluene
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salt may comprise a base addition salt formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is either replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, an aluminium ion, alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, aluminium, lithium, zinc, and barium hydroxide, or coordinates with an organic base, such as aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic organic amines, such as ammonia, methylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N- benzylphenethylamine, N-methylglucamine piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)
- a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate refers to a compound of formula (I) provided herein, or a salt thereof, that further includes a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of solvent bound by non-covalent intermolecular forces. Where the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate. It will be appreciated that the compound of formula (I) described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, may be used in a medicament which may be used in a monotherapy (i.e. use of the compound of formula (I) alone), for treating, ameliorating, or preventing a microbial infection.
- the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof may be used as an adjunct to, or in combination with, known therapies for treating, ameliorating, or preventing a microbial infection.
- the compound of formula (I) may be combined in compositions having a number of different forms depending, in particular, on the manner in which the composition is to be used.
- the composition may be in the form of a powder, tablet, capsule, liquid, ointment, cream, gel, hydrogel, aerosol, spray, micellar solution, transdermal patch, liposome suspension or any other suitable form that may be administered to a person or animal in need of treatment.
- compositions comprising the compound of formula (I) of the invention may be administered by inhalation (e.g. intranasally).
- Compositions may also be formulated for topical use. For instance, creams or ointments may be applied to the skin.
- the compound of formula (I) according to the invention may also be incorporated within a slow- or delayed-release device. Such devices may, for example, be inserted on or under the skin, and the medicament may be released over weeks or even months. The device may be located at least adjacent the treatment site.
- Such devices may be particularly advantageous when long-term treatment with the compound of formula (I) used according to the invention is required and which would normally require frequent administration (e.g. at least daily injection).
- the compound of formula (I) and compositions according to the invention may be administered to a subject by injection into the blood stream or directly into a site requiring treatment. Injections may be intravenous (bolus or infusion) or subcutaneous (bolus or infusion), or intradermal (bolus or infusion).
- the compound of formula (I) is administered orally.
- the compound of formula (I) may be contained within a composition that may, for example, be ingested orally in the form of a tablet, capsule or liquid.
- the amount of the compound of formula (I) that is required is determined by its biological activity and bioavailability, which in turn depends on the mode of administration, the physiochemical properties of the compound of formula (I), and whether it is being used as a monotherapy, or in a combined therapy.
- the frequency of administration will also be influenced by the half-life of the compound of formula (I) within the subject being treated.
- Optimal dosages to be administered may be determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with the particular compound of formula (I) in use, the strength of the pharmaceutical composition, the mode of administration, and the advancement of the microbial infection. Additional factors depending on the particular subject being treated will result in a need to adjust dosages, including subject age, weight, sex, diet, and time of administration.
- the compound of formula (I) may be administered during or after onset of the microbial infection to be treated. Daily doses may be given as a single administration. Alternatively, the compound of formula (I) may be given two or more times during a day. Generally, a daily dose of between 0.01 ⁇ g/kg of body weight and 500mg/kg of body weight of the compound of formula (I) according to the invention may be used for treating, ameliorating, or preventing a microbial infection. More preferably, the daily dose is between 0.01mg/kg of body weight and 400mg/kg of body weight, more preferably between 0.1mg/kg and 200mg/kg body weight, and most preferably between approximately 1mg/kg and 100mg/kg body weight.
- a patient receiving treatment may take a first dose upon waking and then a second dose in the evening (if on a two dose regime) or at 3- or 4-hourly intervals thereafter.
- a slow release device may be used to provide optimal doses of the compound of formula (I) according to the invention to a patient without the need to administer repeated doses.
- Known procedures such as those conventionally employed by the pharmaceutical industry (e.g. in vivo experimentation, clinical trials, etc.), may be used to form specific formulations comprising the compound of formula (I) according to the invention and precise therapeutic regimes (such as daily doses of the compound of formula (I) and the frequency of administration).
- a pharmaceutical composition for treating a microbial infection comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable complex, salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
- the pharmaceutical composition can be used in the therapeutic amelioration, prevention or treatment in a subject of a microbial infection.
- the invention also provides, in a seventh aspect, a process for making the composition according to the sixth aspect, the process comprising contacting a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable complex, salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
- a “subject” may be a vertebrate, mammal, or domestic animal.
- the compound of formula (I), compositions and medicaments according to the invention may be used to treat any mammal, for example livestock (e.g. a horse), pets (e.g. a dog), or may be used in other veterinary applications. Most preferably, however, the subject is a human being.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” of the compound of formula (I) is any amount which, when administered to a subject, is the amount of drug that is needed to treat the microbial infection.
- the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (I) used may be from about 0.01 mg to about 800 mg, and preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg. It is preferred that the amount of the compound of formula (I) is an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 250 mg, and most preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg.
- a “pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle” as referred to herein, is any known compound or combination of known compounds that are known to those skilled in the art to be useful in formulating pharmaceutical compositions.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle may be a solid, and the composition may be in the form of a powder or tablet.
- a solid pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle may include one or more substances which may also act as flavouring agents, lubricants, solubilisers, suspending agents, dyes, fillers, glidants, compression aids, inert binders, sweeteners, preservatives, dyes, coatings, or tablet- disintegrating agents.
- the vehicle may also be an encapsulating material.
- the vehicle is a finely divided solid that is in admixture with the finely divided active agents (i.e. the compound of formula (I)) according to the invention.
- the active compound of formula (I) may be mixed with a vehicle having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.
- the powders and tablets preferably contain up to 99% of the active compound of formula (I).
- Suitable solid vehicles include, for example calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes and ion exchange resins.
- the pharmaceutical vehicle may be a gel and the composition may be in the form of a cream or the like.
- the pharmaceutical vehicle may be a liquid, and the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a solution.
- Liquid vehicles are used in preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups, elixirs and pressurized compositions.
- the compound of formula (I) according to the invention may be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid vehicle such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fats.
- the liquid vehicle can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilisers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavouring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colours, viscosity regulators, stabilizers or osmo-regulators.
- suitable examples of liquid vehicles for oral and parenteral administration include water (partially containing additives as above, e.g.
- cellulose derivatives preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution
- alcohols including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil).
- the vehicle can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate.
- Sterile liquid vehicles are useful in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral administration.
- the liquid vehicle for pressurized compositions can be a halogenated hydrocarbon or other pharmaceutically acceptable propellant.
- Liquid pharmaceutical compositions which are sterile solutions or suspensions, can be utilized by, for example, intramuscular, intrathecal, epidural, intraperitoneal, intravenous and particularly subcutaneous injection.
- the compound of formula (I) may be prepared as a sterile solid composition that may be dissolved or suspended at the time of administration using sterile water, saline, or other appropriate sterile injectable medium.
- the compound of formula (I) and compositions of the invention may be administered in the form of a sterile solution or suspension containing other solutes or suspending agents (for example, enough saline or glucose to make the solution isotonic), bile salts, acacia, gelatin, sorbitan monoleate, polysorbate 80 (oleate esters of sorbitol and its anhydrides copolymerized with ethylene oxide) and the like.
- the compound of formula (I) used according to the invention can also be administered orally either in liquid or solid composition form.
- compositions suitable for oral administration include solid forms, such as pills, capsules, granules, tablets, and powders, and liquid forms, such as solutions, syrups, elixirs, and suspensions.
- forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions, and suspensions.
- FIG. 1 shows the structures of a nor-clemastine analogue, (R)112, and an N-linked analogue, (R)147;
- Figure 2a and b shows the synthetic route for N-linked analogues;
- Figure 3 shows a further step in the synthetic route for N-linked analogues (S)-149 and (R)-149;
- Figure 4 shows the asymmetric synthetic route to N-linked analogues (R,S)-147 and (R,R)-147;
- Figure 5 is a graph showing the half the maximal effective concentration (EC 50 ) of (R)-147, (R,S)-147 and (R,R)-147 against L.
- Figure 6 shows the synthetic route for obtaining compounds (S)-147, (S)-157 and (S)-158;
- Figure 7 dose response curves of (S)-147, (S)-157 and (S)-158 against L. major promastigotes, assays were performed in triplicate;
- Figure 8 is a graph showing EC50 values of clemastine and compounds (S)-157 and (S, R)-157 against L. amazonensis and L.
- FIG. 9 is a graph showing half the cytotoxic concentration (CC50) values of clemastine, (R, R)-112 and (S, R)-157 against Bone Marrow Derived Macrophages (BMDM), values are mean ⁇ 95% CI from at least three experiments;
- Figure 10 is a graph showing EC 50 ( ⁇ M) values of clemastine and analogue (S, R)-157 against wild type (WT), ⁇ LCB2 (a defined mutant lacking sphingolipid biosynthesis) and PX ( ⁇ LCB2 genetically restored) L.
- Figure 11 provides the structures of NBD-C 6 -ceramide 80 and NBD-C 6 -IPC 81;
- Figure 12 shows the separation of NBD-C 6 -IPC 81 product from NBD-C 6 -ceramide 80 substrate by HPTLC, microsomes were treated with 5mM of (S, R)-157 and negative and positive controls were DMSO and 5mM of clemastine;
- Figure 13 provides results from an in vivo study of BALB/c mice infected with 2x10 6 L.
- mice were randomized into drug- treated and control groups of 5/6 mice each. During 28 days of treatment a) weight variation of mice and b) progression of lesion thickness were measured. After completion of treatment, c) representative photographs of the infected ear for each group were taken and the parasite burden was evaluated by, and d) LDA; asterisks indicate that the difference between control and drug-treated groups are statistically significant. * P £ 0.05, ** P £ 0.01, *** P £ 0.001, **** P £ 0.0001. Examples The inventors wished to synthesise a library of nor-clemastine analogues to better understand the structure activity relationship (SAR).
- SAR structure activity relationship
- N-linked analogue (R)-147 For example, coupling of benzhydrol 113 with bromoethanol, followed by an alkylation with 2-methylpyrrolidine at elevated temperature or at rt with KI as a catalyst gave N-linked analogue (R)-147.
- Ether formation and N-alkylation was confirmed by analysis of the 2D HMBC correlations. A number of compounds were produced using this two-step mechanism, and details are provided in table 1. Table 1: N-linked analogues produced Additionally, reduction of ester 150 using LiAlH4 formed compound 149 in a moderate yield ( Figure 3).
- Example 3 Role of stereochemistry The inventors decided to investigate the role of stereochemistry in the structure activity relationship (SAR).
- SAR structure activity relationship
- the inventors determined that the stereocentre on the pyrrolidine ring has little effect on antileishmanial activity as both (R)-147 and (S)-147 have an activity of approximately 2 mM against L. major promastigotes, see Table 1.
- the enantioselective synthesis illustrated in Figure 4 was performed to access analogues which explore stereochemistry on the benzhydryl carbon.
- the enantiopure benzhydrol, (R)-113 or (S)-113 were synthesised as explained below in the material and methods section.
- the head group was prepared, in two steps, by carrying out an N- alkylation with 2-bromoethanol under reflux to afford compound (R)-155 in a moderate yield of 48 %.
- the IR spectrum was used to confirm the formation of (R)-155 with an OH signal at 3385 cm -1 .
- the final step was the S N 2 etherification to form analogue (R, R)-147 or (R, S)-147 in a moderate yield.
- This provides access to N-linked clemastine analogues in higher yield as no by-product is formed.
- These single diastereomer N-linked analogues were then tested against L. major promastigotes and demonstrate that the (S)-configuration on the benzhydryl carbon, (R, S)-147, is about 4 times less active than analogue (R)-147 with mixed stereochemistry at this position ( Figure 5).
- the benzhydryl stereocentre contributes to the antileishmanial activity to a greater extent than the chiral centre on the pyrrolidine ring.
- (S)-157 and (S)-158 were synthesised by performing an SN1 reaction on benzhydrol 113 with bromopropanol and bromobutanol respectively, followed by an alkylation with 2-methylpyrrolidine (S)-148, see Figure 6.
- the compounds generated dose response curves against promastigotes, as shown in Figure 7.
- Example 4 Improving the activity of (S)-157 Based upon the results obtained in Example 2 for analogue 147, the inventors proposed that the (R)-configuration on the benzhydryl carbon would result in the isomer with the highest activity. Therefore, the single diastereomer, analogue (S, R)-157, was synthesised following the same procedure described above. Anti-promastigote assays Compounds (S)-157 and (S, R)-157 were tested against L. major and L. amazonensis promastigotes. The EC50 values shown in Figure 8 demonstrate that analogue (S, R)- 157 is about three times more active against L.
- GFP green fluorescent protein
- clemastine intraalesional, IL
- S, R clemastine-157
- GLU glucatime solution
- UN untreated
- Clemastine (IL) was administered at a dose of 1.17 mg kg ⁇ 1 twice a week.
- Analogue (S, R)-157 was also administered at a dose of 1.17 mg kg -1 via IL injection twice a week, the same treatment regime as used in the clemastine IL group enabling the two therapies to be directly compared.
- glucantime solution was used as the positive control at an IP dose of 1.30 g kg ⁇ 1 twice a week.
- mice were treated for 28 days and weight variation and lesion size were measured at least once a week to monitor the progression of the disease.
- the animals were sacrificed and the fluorescence measured and parasite load quantified using limiting dilution assay (LDA).
- LDA limiting dilution assay
- mice treated with glucantime solution i.e. the positive control group
- glucantime solution i.e. the positive control group
- IL treatments can cause inflammation to the ear increasing lesion measurements.
- Images in Figure 13c show similar improvements in the appearance of the lesion for analogue (S, R)-157 IL, clemastine IL and glucantime solution IP groups when compared to the untreated group. Similar to clemastine IL, results from the LDA showed statistical significance between the untreated group and analogue (S, R)-157 IL group (P £ 0.0001) ( Figure 13d).
- Example 6 Further compounds The inventors synthesised four further compounds identified below. The structures of all of the compounds were confirmed using 1 H and 13 C NMR spectroscopy and mass spectrometry.
- Example 7 Liposomal formulations The inventors then tested the activity of NTP-85 and clemastine fumarate in a phosphatidylcholine-stearylamine (PCSA) liposomal formulation. Amphotericin B (AmB) was used as a positive control. The formulations were prepared as described in Sinha et al. (“Cationic Liposomal Sodium Stibogluconate (SSG), a Potent Therapeutic Tool for Treatment of Infection by SSG-Sensitive and -Resistant Leishmania donovani”, Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, January 2015, Volume 59, Number 1, pages 344-355). The results are provided in table 5.
- compound (S, R)-157 was a more accessible and selective compound.
- the target of compound (S, R)-157 was validated as IPCS using mutant ⁇ LCB2 promastigotes and an LmjIPCS biochemical HPTLC assay.
- Compound (S, R)-157 was progressed into an in vivo infection study and showed efficacy as an IL therapy against CL.
- Materials and Methods Chemical experimental General experimental details SOLVENTS AND REAGENTS: All analytical grade solvents and commercially available regents were used as received from their respective suppliers or dried as required, using standard procedures. All reactions were performed under an inert atmosphere of argon unless otherwise stated.
- CHARACTERISATION Reactions were monitored by LC-MS, GC-MS or by TLC using aluminium backed plates. Methods to visualise the spots included ultra-violet light (254 nm) and colour reagents. The visualising stains used were potassium permanganate, phosphomolybdic acid or ninhydrin. Column chromatography was performed using a Teledyne Isco CombiFlash® System with RediSep® Rf normal-phase and C-18 reversed-phase columns.
- IR Infrared
- FT-IR Infrared
- ⁇ max absorption maxima
- mass spectra were recorded using Shimadzu gas chromatography via electron ionization (EI) or on a Waters TQD spectrometer coupled to an Acquity UPLC. Melting points are measured using Fisher ScientificTM IA9000 melting point apparatus.
- NTP-2 4 ⁇ bromo ⁇ N ⁇ (4 ⁇ bromobutyl) ⁇ N ⁇ phenylaniline
- (R)-2- Methyl-pyrrolidine hydrochloride 25.4 mg, 0.21 mmol
- Na2CO3 101.8 mg, 0.96 mmol
- catalytic amount of KI 0.3 mg, 0.002 mmol
- acetonitrile 125 mL
- NTP-5 4-bromo-N- ⁇ 4-[(2R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]butyl ⁇ -N- phenylaniline (NTP-5, 51.0 mg, 63.1%) as a white solid.
- Reaction scheme 1 shows the synthesis of NTP-5, 8 and 9. Additionally, procedures D and E, above explain how NTP-5 was produced.
- Procedure D was used to produce building blocks N ⁇ (4 ⁇ bromobutyl) ⁇ 4 ⁇ nitro ⁇ N ⁇ phenylaniline (NTP-3) and N ⁇ (4 ⁇ bromobutyl) ⁇ 4 ⁇ chloro ⁇ N ⁇ phenylaniline (NTP-7), except 4-nitro-N-phenylaniline or 4- chloro-N-phenylaniline, respectively, were used instead of 4-bromo-N-phenylaniline.
- procedure E was used to produce NTP-8 and 9, except NTP-3 and NTP-7, respectively, were used instead of instead of NTP-2.
- Procedure E was also used to produce NTP-10, except NTP-7 was used instead of instead of NTP-2 and (R)-2-methylpiperidine was used instead of (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine.
- Table 6 Structure of compounds and NMR data
- Reaction Scheme 2 shows the synthesis of NTP-61.
- Procedure F Synthesis of (R) ⁇ (4 ⁇ chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methanol (NTP-59). Et2Zn (22.6 mL, 33.9 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4-chloro-phenylboronic acid (1.76 mg, 11.30 mmol) in toluene under a nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 12 h at 60 °C, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C and a toluene solution of [(2S)-1-methyl pyrrolidine-2- yl]diphenylmethanol (252 mg, 0.94 mmol) was introduced.
- Eppendorfs 1.5 mL Eppendorfs were used during the preparation of serial dilutions. Media were filter-sterilised using a vacuum filter with a 0.22 ⁇ m pore CA membrane. Centrifugation steps were carried out using Sorvall® Legend RT centrifuge, Sorvall® Legend Micro 17R centrifuge, Beckman Coulter® centrifuges and ultracentrifuges. Eppendorf tubes were centrifuged using Sigma 1-14 microfuge. Disruption of yeast cells was performed using an IKA® Vortex Genius 3. Protein content and optical density (OD) were determined using a Boeco S-32 spectrophotometer. Eppendorf contents were dried using an Eppendorf Vacuum Concentrator 5301.
- HPTLC silica plates were from Merck Millipore and imaged using a Fuji FLA-3000 plate reader with AIDA image analyser® (version 3.52). Solutions, buffers and media compositions are given in tables 8 and 9. Table 8: Details of the buffers and solutions used
- Leishmania major (FV1) PX promastigotes were maintained at 26 °C in Schneider’s insect medium at pH 7, supplemented with 15% FBS and 40 ⁇ g mL-1 G418 (Gibco BRL).
- Leishmania amazonensis-GFP were selected for bright green fluorescence by 48 h-incubation in the presence of 1000 ⁇ g mL-1 G418 (Gibco BRL).
- Animals and ethics statement All mice used in the experiments were maintained under controlled temperature, filtered air and water, autoclave bedding, and commercial food at the animal facilities at Federal University of Rio de Janeiro. The animal protocols for this study were approved by the Federal University of Rio de Janeiro Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee under the number 030/17.
- BMDM Bone Marrow Derived Macrophages
- LCCM L929-cell conditioned medium
- M-CSF macrophage colony- stimulating factor
- bone marrow was extracted from the femurs and tibias and re-suspended in bone marrow differentiated media (which is RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 20% LCCM) in Petri dishes for 7 days at 37 °C with 5% CO2. After, the plates were washed with warm PBS to remove detached cells, the adherent BMDM were gently scraped off the surface and re-suspended in RPMI (without LCCM). These cells are ready to use in the anti-amastigote intramacrophage assay and the macrophage cytotoxicity assay described below. Drugs Clemastine fumarate and cycloheximide were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich.
- Glucantime solution (meglumine antimoniate, 300 mg mL 1) was a gift from Sanofi Aventis. Clemastine derivatives were synthesised using the procedure outline in the previous section. Stock solutions of clemastine and its derivatives (10 mM) were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and kept at 0 - 4° C. Subsequent dilutions were done in culture media. For in vitro assays, all drugs were serially diluted in 100% DMSO, and then diluted 1:100 in culture medium, so that all final drug concentrations contained 1% DMSO. Preparation of LmjIPCS microsomal material Auxotrophic AUR1 mutant S. cerevisiae was complemented by the expression of the L.
- DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
- Step 1 Preparation of cell extract Crude membranes from this mutant S. cerevisiae were prepared as described by Fischl et al. (A. S. Fischl, Y. Liu, A. Browdy and A. E. Cremesti, Methods in Enzymology, Academic Press, Massachusetts, 2000). The complemented yeast cells were propagated in SGR-W-L media until OD 3 0.8. Cells were harvested by centrifugation (4,000 x g, 4 °C, 10 min) and washed with cold PBS (3 x 20 mL).
- the cell pellet was weighed and re-suspended in STE buffer (1.5 mL per 1g wet cell mass (WCM)).
- the yeast cells were disrupted using pre-chilled, acid washed glass beads (425-600 ⁇ m, 1.5 mL per 1g WCM), using a vortex mixer. Disruption step involved 30 cycles of 1 min vortex mixing followed by a 1 min rest on ice. Glass beads, unbroken cells and cell-wall debris were pelleted by centrifugation (3,800 x g, 4 °C, 15 min) to obtain cell extract (supernatant) which was removed and stored on ice.
- Step 2 Preparation of crude microsomal membrane fraction
- Step 3 Preparation of washed microsomal membranes
- the crude microsomal membranes were adjusted to a concentration of 10 mg mL-1 using STE buffer. Equal volume of the microsomal membranes and 2.5% CHAPS solution were mixed together and kept on ice for 1 h without shaking. The mixture was centrifuged (150,000 x g, 4 °C, 90 min) and the pellet re-suspended in storage buffer.
- Step 4 Determination of the Protein Content in Enzyme Units
- U enzyme units
- a stock solution of NBD-C6-ceramide 80 at a concentration of 10 pmol ⁇ L -1 was used to produce a standard curve ranging from 0.2 pmol to 80 pmol.
- Bone marrow derived macrophages were diluted in RPMI 1640 medium to a concentration of 2 x 10 5 well -1 in a 24-well plate with round cover slips and incubated for 24 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. They were infected with L. amazonensis promastigotes (10:1) at 37 °C for 4 h. Then washed with PBS twice to remove extracellular promastigotes and fresh RPMI medium supplemented with 5% FBS was added. After 24 h serial dilutions of the test compounds in RPMI medium (350 ⁇ L) were added and the cells were incubated at 37 °C for 48 h.
- Macrophage cytotoxicity assay Bone marrow derived macrophages in RPMI 1640 medium were seeded (1 ⁇ 10 6 mL ⁇ 1 , 100 ⁇ L well -1 ) in 96-well plates and incubated for 24 h at 37 °C and 5% CO 2 . Following removal of media, serial dilutions of the test compounds in fresh RPMI medium (100 ⁇ L) were added and the cells were incubated for 48 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2.
- Uninfected macrophages (1 ⁇ 10 6 mL ⁇ 1 , 100 ⁇ L well -1 ) in 96-well plates were incubated for 24 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Following removal of media, serial dilutions of the test compounds in fresh RPMI medium (100 ⁇ L) were added and the plate was incubated for 48 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. The plates were centrifuged at 500 g/5 min and culture supernatants were then incubated with the Griess Reagent for 30 min at 37 °C. The absorbance was measured at 570 nm, and the nitrite concentration was determined using a standard curve of sodium nitrite (0 to 50 ⁇ M).
- the positive control was macrophages incubated with 1 ⁇ g mL-1 of LPS (Sigma- Aldrich, Brazil) and 10% conditioned medium of lymphocytes as a source of IFN.
- Negative controls were cells treated with DMSO and untreated cells.
- In vivo assay Two month old BALB/c female mice, weighing 20 - 25 g and of approximately the same age were used for the study. For infection of mice, stationary phase GFP L. amazonensis promastigotes were collected, washed and suspended in sterile PBS. A volume of 10 ⁇ l of sterile PBS containing 2 x 10 6 parasites was injected into the right ear.
- mice were randomly distributed into 4 groups; IL (S,R)-157 (5 animals), IL clemastine fumarate (5 animals), IP glucantime solution (5 animals) and untreated (6 animals).
- Mice were treated with glucantime solution at a dose of 1.30 g kg -1 by intraperitoneal injection twice a week for 28 days.
- Mice were treated with (S,R)-157 or clemastine fumarate at a dose of 1.17 mg kg -1 by intralesional injection twice a week for 28 days.
- Infected ear thicknesses were measured once or twice a week with a caliper gauge, and the lesion sizes were expressed as the difference between the thickness of infected and non-infected ear.
- reaction mixtures were quenched with CHCl 3 :MeOH:H 2 0 (10:10:3, 150 ⁇ L).
- the mixtures were centrifuged to separate phases, the organic layer was removed and dried using a vacuum concentrator.
- the residue was re-suspended in CHCl 3 :MeOH:H 2 0 (10:10:3, 20 ⁇ L) and loaded (3 x 3 ⁇ L ) onto HPTLC plates (silica gel 60 F 254 ). This was run using the solvent system CHCl 3 :MeOH:0.25% KCl (aq) (55:45:10) and the R f values for the excess NBD-C 6 -ceramide 80 and the product NBD-C6-IPC 81 were 0.96 and 0.57 respectively.
- phosphate buffer (71.4 mM , pH 7.0, 1680 ⁇ L), CHAPS (3 mM, 480 ⁇ L) and NBD-C6-ceramide 80 (200 ⁇ M, 120 ⁇ L) was added.
- the solution was mixed by vortex and stored on ice.
- Stock 2 Phosphate buffer (71.4 mM , pH 7.0, 1680 ⁇ L), CHAPS (3 mM, 480 ⁇ L), storage buffer (72 ⁇ L) and CHAPS-washed microsomal membranes (0.6 U) were combined in a glass vial. The solution was mixed by vortex and stored on ice.
- the resin was incubated with formic acid (50 ⁇ L well-1) for 5 minutes before being centrifuged (2,450 x g, rt, 27 seconds). The resin was then washed with water and dried by centrifugation (2,450 x g, rt, 27 seconds). The reaction mixture (200 ⁇ L) was loaded onto the resin and the starting material, NBD-C6- ceramide 80, removed by centrifugation (2,450 x g, rt, 1 min). The resin was washed with MeOH (5 x 200 ⁇ L) and subsequent centrifugation (2,450 x g, rt, 1 min).
- NBD-C6- IPC 81 was eluted into black plates with potassium formate in MeOH (1M, 4 x 50 ⁇ L) followed by centrifugation (2,450 x g, rt, 1 min). Product quantification was carried out using a fluorescence plate reader (Ex460/Em540) and IC 50 values were calculated using sigmoidal regression analysis (GraphPad Prism). Anti-leishmanial activity upon Leishmania donovani AG83 strain The compounds were prepared in DMSO. The inventors incubated the L. donovani promastigotes with the 21 compounds for different time-points, i.e., 1h, 24 and 72h and checked the viability of the parasites using MTT tetrazolium assay.
- the inventors then proceeded to study the efficacy of these selected compounds at clearing L. donovani amastigotes from macrophage. For that they first estimated the toxicity of the compounds upon healthy RAW 264.7 macrophage cell line. The inventors then infected RAW cells with L. donovani parasites and 72 h post-infection, they treated these infected cells with the compounds for 1 h. Geimsa staining based analysis of amastigotes burden per 100 macrophages was used to determine the toxic effect upon the amastigotes.
Landscapes
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to compounds of formula (I) which may be used to treat a microbial infection or allergic reaction. In some embodiments, the microbial infection is leishmaniasis.
Description
Aryl or heteroaryl derived compounds for the treatements of microbial infections he invention relates to microbial infections, and in particular to novel compositions, therapies and methods for treating, preventing or ameliorating a microbial infection. The Neglected Tropical Disease (NTD) leishmaniasis is endemic in over 90 countries worldwide, affecting approximately 12 million people per year with 350 million people living at risk of disease. The causative agent, Leishmania species, are sand fly borne kinetoplastid protozoan parasites and infection leads to a wide spectrum of clinical manifestations in endemic areas, from self-healing but scarring cutaneous leishmaniasis (CL) to fatal visceral disease (VL). Largely due to elimination efforts in south Asia, the global burden of VL has decreased substantially in the past decade. However, due to forced migration, the cases of CL have substantially increased in the same period (0.7-1 million per year). Current treatment of CL largely relies on the pentavalent antimonials such as sodium stibogluconate (Pentostam) and meglumine antimoniate (Glucantime) which have been in clinical use for over 70 years despite their associated problems, which include severe side-effects such as cardiotoxicity and the fact that they require parenteral administration. Animals can also be infected and serve as reservoirs of disease. In particular, the disease affects dogs throughout southern Europe, South America and the southern USA. Furthermore, the owners of infected companion animals seek their treatment and veterinary drugs are extremely limited in both number and efficacy. Accordingly, there is a recognised need to develop new and effective therapies for this NTD which may be synthesised easily and cheaply. The present invention arose from the inventors’ work in attempting to address this problem. The over-the-counter antihistamine Clemastine has been reported to be active against leishmaniasis. However, clemastine is difficult to synthesise in enantiomerically pure form, which increases the cost of the drug. In accordance with a first aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound of formula (I):
, wherein X1 is CR3, N or SiR3; L1 and L2 are independently absent or a linker with a backbone consisting of between 1 and 5 atoms, the linker comprising at least one group, the or each group being independently selected from the list consisting of an optionally substituted C1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkynylene, NR5, O, S, SO and SO2; R1 and R2 are independently an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl, an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl; R3 is H, an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl; L3 is a linker with a backbone consisting of between 2 and 7 atoms, the linker comprising at least one group, the or each group being independently selected from the list consisting of an optionally substituted C1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkynylene, NR5, O, S, SO and SO2; and R4 is an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heterocycle or heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen atom, wherein the nitrogen atom in the heterocycle is bonded directly to L3; R5 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl or C2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof. Advantageously, the inventors have found that a compound of formula (I) is easy to manufacture. Furthermore, compounds of formula (I) have been found to be equipotent to clemastine against L. amazonensis promastigotes and more active than clemastine against L. major promastigotes. Compounds of formula (I) have been found to be less toxic to macrophages than clemastine and showed similar activity to clemastine against L. amazonensis intramacrophage amastigotes. Therefore, compounds of formula (I) can be a more accessible and selective compound than clemastine.
The inventors have found that liposomal formulations comprising the compound of formula (I) are particularly effective. Accordingly, in accordance with a second aspect, there is provided a liposomal formulation comprising a compound of formula (I) as defined by the first aspect, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof and a liposomal carrier. The liposomal carrier may comprise a phospholipid. The phospholipid may be or comprise phosphatidylcholine (PC). The PC may be egg PC. The liposomal carrier may comprise a cationic lipid. The cationic lipid may be or comprise octadecan-1-amine (SA), hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide (CTAB), dodecyltrimethylammonium bromide (DTAB), didodecyldimethylammonium bromide (DDAB) and/or N-[1-(2,3-Dioleoyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride (DOTAP). In some embodiments, the liposomal carrier comprises a phospholipid and a cationic lipid. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the liposomal carrier comprises phosphatidylcholine (PC) and octadecan-1-amine (SA). The molar ratio of the phospholipid to the cationic lipid may be between 1:10 and 50:1, between 1:5 and 25:1, between 1:2 and 10:1, between 1:1 and 8:1, between 2:1 and 6:1 or between 3:1 and 4:1. In some embodiments, the molar ratio of the phospholipid to the cationic lipid is 7:2. The weight ratio of the liposomal carrier to the compound of formula (I) between 1:1 and 100:1, between 2:1 and 75:1, between 5:1 and 50:1, between 10:1 and 25:1, between 12:1 and 20:1 or between 14:1 and 18:1. The liposomal formulation may further comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. The compound of formula (I) or the liposomal formulation may be used as a medicament.
Accordingly, in accordance with a third aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or the liposomal formulation of the second aspect, for use as a medicament. In particular, the inventors have found that the compounds of formula (I) may be used to treat a microbial infection or as an antihistaminic. Accordingly, in accordance with a fourth aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or the liposomal formulation of the second aspect, for use in treating a microbial infection or an allergic reaction. According to a fifth aspect of the invention, there is provided a method of treating, preventing or ameliorating a microbial infection or an allergic reaction in a subject, the method comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof or the liposomal formulation of the second aspect. Preferably, the microbial infection is a parasitic infection. Preferably, the parasitic infection is a protozoan parasitic infection. The parasitic infection may be leishmaniasis, Chagas disease or African sleeping sickness. Preferably, the parasitic infection is leishmaniasis. The allergic reaction may be allergic rhinitis. The term “preventing” may be understood to mean reducing the likelihood of the patient developing a microbial infection. The term “alkyl” as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon. The alkyl may be a primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon. C1-C12 alkyls include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl (1-propyl), isopropyl (2- propyl, 1-methylethyl), butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, isohexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl and dodecyl. An alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted. A substituted alkyl may be substituted with one or
more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, OR6, NR6R7, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6 and/or oxo, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine. Accordingly, the optionally substituted alkyl may be a fluorinated alkyl. For instance, a fluorinated methyl may be –CH2F, CHF2 or -CF3. The term “alkenyl” refers to an olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups which can be unbranched or branched. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbons, i.e. it is a C2-C6 alkenyl. C2-C6 alkenyl includes for example vinyl, allyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl and hexenyl. An alkenyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, OR6, NR6R7, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6 and/or oxo, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine. Accordingly, the optionally substituted alkyl may be a fluorinated alkenyl. The term “alkynyl” refers to an acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups which can be unbranched or branched. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbons, i.e. it is a C2-C6 alkynyl. C2-C6 alkynyl includes for example propargyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl and hexynyl. An alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, OR6, NR6R7, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6 and/or oxo, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine. Accordingly, the optionally substituted alkyl may be a fluorinated alkynyl. The term “alkylene”, as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a bivalent saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon. An alkylene group may be as defined above in relation the alkyl group, but with a hydrogen atom removed therefrom to cause the group to be bivalent. The term “alkenylene”, as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a bivalent olefinically unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon. An alkenylene group may be as defined above in relation the alkenyl group, but with a hydrogen atom removed therefrom to cause the group to be bivalent.
The term “alkynylene”, as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a bivalent acetylenically unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon. An alkynylene group may be as defined above in relation the alkynyl group, but with a hydrogen atom removed therefrom to cause the group to be bivalent. The term “heterocycle” refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic or bridged molecules in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom. Unless otherwise specified, the or each heteroatom may be independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulphur and nitrogen. A heterocycle may be saturated or partially saturated. Exemplary 3 to 8 membered heterocyclyl groups include but are not limited to aziridine, oxirane, oxirene, thiirane, pyrroline, pyrrolidine, dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, tetrahydrothiophene, dithiolane, piperidine, 1,2,3,6- tetrahydropyridine-1-yl, tetrahydropyran, pyran, morpholine, piperazine, thiane, thiine, piperazine, azepane, diazepane and oxazine. A heterocycle group can be unsubstituted or substituted. A substituted heterocycle may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR6, NR6R7, oxo, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl and/or optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine. The term “aryl” refers to an aromatic 6 to 12 membered hydrocarbon group. Examples of a C6-C12 aryl group include, but are not limited to, phenyl, α-naphthyl, β-naphthyl, biphenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl and indanyl. An aryl group can be unsubstituted or substituted. A substituted aryl may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR6, NR6R7, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)NR6R7, SO2R6, SO2NR6R7, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl and/or optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine. The term “heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic 5 to 10 membered ring system in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom. The or each heteroatom may be independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulphur and nitrogen. Examples of 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl groups include furan, thiophene, indole,
azaindole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, imidazole, N-methylimidazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyrrole, N-methylpyrrole, pyrazole, N-methylpyrazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-triazole, 1- methyl-1,2,4-triazole, 1H-tetrazole, 1-methyltetrazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzofuran, benzisoxazole, benzimidazole, N- methylbenzimidazole, azabenzimidazole, indazole, quinazoline, quinoline and isoquinoline. Bicyclic 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl groups include those where a phenyl, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine or pyridazine ring is fused to a 5 or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl ring. A heteroaryl group can be unsubstituted or substituted. A substituted heteroaryl may be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR6, NR6R7, oxo, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)NR6R7, SO2R6, SO2NR6R7, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl and/or optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C6 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine. It may be appreciated that the term “backbone of the linker” refers to the shortest continuous chain of bonded atoms between the two components of formula (I) which are connected by the linker. In some embodiments, X1 is CR3 or SiR3. Accordingly, the compound may be a compound of formula (Ia):
, wherein X2 is C or Si. The compound of formula (Ia) may be a compound of formula (Iai), formula (Iaii) or formula (Iaiii):
In a preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (Iaii). In alternative embodiments, X1 is N. L1 and/or L2 may be O, NH or CH2. In some embodiments, L1 is absent. In some embodiments, L2 is absent. In some embodiments, L1 and L2 are absent. Accordingly, the compound may be a compound of formula (Ib):
More preferably, the compound is a compound of formula (Ic):
The compound of formula (Ic) may be a compound of formula (Ici), formula (Icii) or formula (Iciii):
In a preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (Icii). In a preferred embodiment, X2 is C.
Preferably, at least one of R1 and R2 is an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl or an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. R1 may be an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl or an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. More preferably, R1 is an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl. R1 may be an optionally substituted phenyl, an optionally substituted pyrrolyl, an optionally substituted pyrazolyl, an optionally substituted imidazolyl, an optionally substituted triazolyl, an optionally substituted tetrazolyl, an optionally substituted oxazolyl, an optionally substituted isoxazolyl, an optionally substituted thiazolyl, an optionally substituted isothiazolyl, an optionally substituted pyridinyl, an optionally substituted pyridazinyl, an optionally substituted pyrimidinyl or an optionally substituted pyrazinyl. The aryl or heteroaryl may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. The or each substituent may be selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR6, NR6R7, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)NR6R7, SO2R6, SO2NR6R7, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkynyl and/or an optionally substituted C1-3 alkoxy, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C3 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine, chlorine or bromine. R6 and/or R7 may be H or –CH3. More preferably, the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two substituents. Preferably, the aryl or heteroaryl is substituted with one substituent. The substituents may be disposed in the ortho, meta and/or para positions. Preferably, the substituents are disposed in the meta and/or para positions. Most preferably, the aryl or the heteroaryl is substituted with one substituent in the para position. Accordingly, the aryl or heteroaryl may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, –OCH3 and NO2. In a most preferred embodiment, R1 is
R2 may be an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl or an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. More preferably, R2 is an optionally substituted phenyl or an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl. R2 may be an optionally substituted phenyl, an optionally substituted pyrrolyl, an optionally substituted pyrazolyl, an optionally substituted imidazolyl, an optionally substituted triazolyl, an optionally
substituted tetrazolyl, an optionally substituted oxazolyl, an optionally substituted isoxazolyl, an optionally substituted thiazolyl, an optionally substituted isothiazolyl, an optionally substituted pyridinyl, an optionally substituted pyridazinyl; an optionally substituted pyrimidinyl or an optionally substituted pyrazinyl. The aryl or heteroaryl may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. The or each substituent may be selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR6, NR6R7, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)NR6R7, SO2R6, SO2NR6R7, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkynyl and/or an optionally substituted C1-3 alkoxy, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C3 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine, chlorine or bromine. R6 and/or R7 may be H or –CH3. Preferably, the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or two substituents. Most preferably, the aryl or heteroaryl is unsubstituted. The substituents may be disposed in the ortho, meta and/or para positions. Preferably, the substituents are disposed in the meta and/or para positions. Accordingly, the aryl or heteroaryl may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine, bromine, –OCH3 and NO2. In a preferred embodiment, R2 is an unsubstituted phenyl. R3 may be H, an optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-3 alkynyl. Preferably, R3 is H or methyl. Most preferably, R3 is H. R4 is an optionally substituted heterocycle. The heterocycle may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, NO2, OR6, NR6R7, oxo, C(O)R6, C(O)OR6, C(O)NR6R7, SO2R6, SO2NR6R7, optionally substituted C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-3 alkenyl and/or optionally substituted C2-3 alkynyl, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C3 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkynyl. The optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl and/or optionally substituted alkynyl may be unsubstituted or substituted with a halogen, OR6 and/or NR6R7, wherein R6 and R7 are independently H, an optionally substituted C1-C3 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-C3 alkynyl. Preferably, the optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl and/or optionally substituted alkynyl is unsubstituted or substituted with a halogen and/or OR6, wherein R6 is H, a C1-C3 alkyl group, a C2-C3
alkenyl or a C2-C3 alkynyl. The halogen may be fluorine. Accordingly, the heterocycle may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of CH3, CH2OH, CH2OCH3 and/or COOCH3. The heterocycle R4 may be an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, an optionally substituted pyrrolinyl, an optionally substituted pyrazolidinyl, an optionally substituted imidazolidinyl, an optionally substituted piperidinyl or an optionally substituted piperazinyl. Preferably, R4 is an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl or an optionally substituted piperidinyl. More preferably, R4 is an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl. In a preferred embodiment, R4 is
L3 may have the structure –L4-L5-, wherein L5 is bonded directly to R4, L4 is NR5, O, S, SO or SO2 and L5 is an optionally substituted C1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C2-7 alkynylene. In one embodiment, L4 is O. L5 may be an optionally substituted C2-4 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-4 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C2-4 alkynylene. More preferably, L5 is an optionally substituted linear C2-4 alkylene, an optionally substituted linear C2-4 alkenylene or an optionally substituted linear C2-4 alkynylene. Even more preferably, L5 is –CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2- or –CH2CH2CH2CH2-. Most preferably, L5 is -CH2CH2CH2- .
Alternatively, L3 may be an optionally substituted C1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C2-7 alkynylene. L3 may be an optionally substituted C2-5 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-5 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C2-5 alkynylene. More preferably, L3 is an optionally substituted linear C2-5 alkylene, an optionally substituted linear C2-5 alkenylene or an optionally substituted linear C2-5 alkynylene. Even more preferably, L3 is –CH2CH2-, - CH2CH2CH2-, –CH2CH2CH2CH2- or –CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-. Most preferably, L3 is - CH2CH2CH2CH2-. The compound of formula I may be a compound selected from:
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include any salt of a compound of formula (I) provided herein which retains its biological properties and which is not toxic or otherwise undesirable for pharmaceutical use. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter-ions well known in the art. The pharmaceutically acceptable salt may comprise an acid addition salt formed with organic or inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric, sulfamic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, trichloroacetic, propionic, hexanoic, cyclopentylpropionic, glycolic, glutaric, pyruvic, lactic, malonic, succinic, sorbic, ascorbic, malic, maleic, fumaric, tartaric, citric, benzoic, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic, picric, cinnamic, mandelic, phthalic, lauric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, 1,2- ethane-disulfonic, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, 4-toluenesulfonic, camphoric, camphorsulfonic, 4-
methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic, glucoheptonic, 3-phenylpropionic, trimethylacetic, tert-butylacetic, lauryl sulfuric, gluconic, benzoic, glutamic, hydroxynaphthoic, salicylic, stearic, cyclohexylsulfamic, quinic, muconic acid and the like acids. Alternatively, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt may comprise a base addition salt formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is either replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, an aluminium ion, alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, aluminium, lithium, zinc, and barium hydroxide, or coordinates with an organic base, such as aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic organic amines, such as ammonia, methylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N- benzylphenethylamine, N-methylglucamine piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)- aminomethane, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and the like. A pharmaceutically acceptable solvate refers to a compound of formula (I) provided herein, or a salt thereof, that further includes a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of solvent bound by non-covalent intermolecular forces. Where the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate. It will be appreciated that the compound of formula (I) described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, may be used in a medicament which may be used in a monotherapy (i.e. use of the compound of formula (I) alone), for treating, ameliorating, or preventing a microbial infection. Alternatively, the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof may be used as an adjunct to, or in combination with, known therapies for treating, ameliorating, or preventing a microbial infection. The compound of formula (I) may be combined in compositions having a number of different forms depending, in particular, on the manner in which the composition is to be used. Thus, for example, the composition may be in the form of a powder, tablet, capsule, liquid, ointment, cream, gel, hydrogel, aerosol, spray, micellar solution, transdermal patch, liposome suspension or any other suitable form that may be administered to a person or animal in need of treatment. It will be appreciated that the vehicle of medicaments according to the invention should be one which is well- tolerated by the subject to whom it is given.
Medicaments comprising the compound of formula (I) described herein may be used in a number of ways. Compositions comprising the compound of formula (I) of the invention may be administered by inhalation (e.g. intranasally). Compositions may also be formulated for topical use. For instance, creams or ointments may be applied to the skin. The compound of formula (I) according to the invention may also be incorporated within a slow- or delayed-release device. Such devices may, for example, be inserted on or under the skin, and the medicament may be released over weeks or even months. The device may be located at least adjacent the treatment site. Such devices may be particularly advantageous when long-term treatment with the compound of formula (I) used according to the invention is required and which would normally require frequent administration (e.g. at least daily injection). The compound of formula (I) and compositions according to the invention may be administered to a subject by injection into the blood stream or directly into a site requiring treatment. Injections may be intravenous (bolus or infusion) or subcutaneous (bolus or infusion), or intradermal (bolus or infusion). In a preferred embodiment, the compound of formula (I) is administered orally. Accordingly, the compound of formula (I) may be contained within a composition that may, for example, be ingested orally in the form of a tablet, capsule or liquid. It will be appreciated that the amount of the compound of formula (I) that is required is determined by its biological activity and bioavailability, which in turn depends on the mode of administration, the physiochemical properties of the compound of formula (I), and whether it is being used as a monotherapy, or in a combined therapy. The frequency of administration will also be influenced by the half-life of the compound of formula (I) within the subject being treated. Optimal dosages to be administered may be determined by those skilled in the art, and will vary with the particular compound of formula (I) in use, the strength of the pharmaceutical composition, the mode of administration, and the advancement of the microbial infection. Additional factors depending on the particular subject being treated will result in a need to adjust dosages, including subject age, weight, sex, diet, and time of administration.
The compound of formula (I) may be administered during or after onset of the microbial infection to be treated. Daily doses may be given as a single administration. Alternatively, the compound of formula (I) may be given two or more times during a day. Generally, a daily dose of between 0.01µg/kg of body weight and 500mg/kg of body weight of the compound of formula (I) according to the invention may be used for treating, ameliorating, or preventing a microbial infection. More preferably, the daily dose is between 0.01mg/kg of body weight and 400mg/kg of body weight, more preferably between 0.1mg/kg and 200mg/kg body weight, and most preferably between approximately 1mg/kg and 100mg/kg body weight. A patient receiving treatment may take a first dose upon waking and then a second dose in the evening (if on a two dose regime) or at 3- or 4-hourly intervals thereafter. Alternatively, a slow release device may be used to provide optimal doses of the compound of formula (I) according to the invention to a patient without the need to administer repeated doses. Known procedures, such as those conventionally employed by the pharmaceutical industry (e.g. in vivo experimentation, clinical trials, etc.), may be used to form specific formulations comprising the compound of formula (I) according to the invention and precise therapeutic regimes (such as daily doses of the compound of formula (I) and the frequency of administration). The inventors believe that they are the first to describe a pharmaceutical composition for treating a microbial infection, based on the use of the compound of formula (I) of the invention. Hence, in a sixth aspect, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition for treating a microbial infection comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable complex, salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. The pharmaceutical composition can be used in the therapeutic amelioration, prevention or treatment in a subject of a microbial infection.
The invention also provides, in a seventh aspect, a process for making the composition according to the sixth aspect, the process comprising contacting a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable complex, salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. A “subject” may be a vertebrate, mammal, or domestic animal. Hence, the compound of formula (I), compositions and medicaments according to the invention may be used to treat any mammal, for example livestock (e.g. a horse), pets (e.g. a dog), or may be used in other veterinary applications. Most preferably, however, the subject is a human being. A “therapeutically effective amount” of the compound of formula (I) is any amount which, when administered to a subject, is the amount of drug that is needed to treat the microbial infection. For example, the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of formula (I) used may be from about 0.01 mg to about 800 mg, and preferably from about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg. It is preferred that the amount of the compound of formula (I) is an amount from about 0.1 mg to about 250 mg, and most preferably from about 0.1 mg to about 20 mg. A “pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle” as referred to herein, is any known compound or combination of known compounds that are known to those skilled in the art to be useful in formulating pharmaceutical compositions. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle may be a solid, and the composition may be in the form of a powder or tablet. A solid pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle may include one or more substances which may also act as flavouring agents, lubricants, solubilisers, suspending agents, dyes, fillers, glidants, compression aids, inert binders, sweeteners, preservatives, dyes, coatings, or tablet- disintegrating agents. The vehicle may also be an encapsulating material. In powders, the vehicle is a finely divided solid that is in admixture with the finely divided active agents (i.e. the compound of formula (I)) according to the invention. In tablets, the active compound of formula (I) may be mixed with a vehicle having the necessary
compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. The powders and tablets preferably contain up to 99% of the active compound of formula (I). Suitable solid vehicles include, for example calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes and ion exchange resins. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical vehicle may be a gel and the composition may be in the form of a cream or the like. However, the pharmaceutical vehicle may be a liquid, and the pharmaceutical composition is in the form of a solution. Liquid vehicles are used in preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups, elixirs and pressurized compositions. The compound of formula (I) according to the invention may be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid vehicle such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fats. The liquid vehicle can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilisers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavouring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colours, viscosity regulators, stabilizers or osmo-regulators. Suitable examples of liquid vehicles for oral and parenteral administration include water (partially containing additives as above, e.g. cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil). For parenteral administration, the vehicle can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate. Sterile liquid vehicles are useful in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral administration. The liquid vehicle for pressurized compositions can be a halogenated hydrocarbon or other pharmaceutically acceptable propellant. Liquid pharmaceutical compositions, which are sterile solutions or suspensions, can be utilized by, for example, intramuscular, intrathecal, epidural, intraperitoneal, intravenous and particularly subcutaneous injection. The compound of formula (I) may be prepared as a sterile solid composition that may be dissolved or suspended at the time of administration using sterile water, saline, or other appropriate sterile injectable medium. The compound of formula (I) and compositions of the invention may be administered in the form of a sterile solution or suspension containing other solutes or suspending agents (for example, enough saline or glucose to make the solution isotonic), bile salts,
acacia, gelatin, sorbitan monoleate, polysorbate 80 (oleate esters of sorbitol and its anhydrides copolymerized with ethylene oxide) and the like. The compound of formula (I) used according to the invention can also be administered orally either in liquid or solid composition form. Compositions suitable for oral administration include solid forms, such as pills, capsules, granules, tablets, and powders, and liquid forms, such as solutions, syrups, elixirs, and suspensions. Forms useful for parenteral administration include sterile solutions, emulsions, and suspensions. All of the features described herein (including any accompanying claims, figures and abstract), and/or all of the steps of any method or process so disclosed, may be combined with any of the above aspects in any combination, except combinations where at least some of such features and/or steps are mutually exclusive. For a better understanding of the invention, and to show how embodiments of the same may be carried into effect, reference will now be made, by way of example, to the accompanying Figures, in which:- Figure 1 shows the structures of a nor-clemastine analogue, (R)112, and an N-linked analogue, (R)147; Figure 2a and b shows the synthetic route for N-linked analogues; Figure 3 shows a further step in the synthetic route for N-linked analogues (S)-149 and (R)-149; Figure 4 shows the asymmetric synthetic route to N-linked analogues (R,S)-147 and (R,R)-147; Figure 5 is a graph showing the half the maximal effective concentration (EC50) of (R)-147, (R,S)-147 and (R,R)-147 against L. major promastigotes, values are mean ± 95% CI from at least three experiments; Figure 6 shows the synthetic route for obtaining compounds (S)-147, (S)-157 and (S)-158; Figure 7 dose response curves of (S)-147, (S)-157 and (S)-158 against L. major promastigotes, assays were performed in triplicate; Figure 8 is a graph showing EC50 values of clemastine and compounds (S)-157 and (S, R)-157 against L. amazonensis and L. major promastigotes, values are mean ± 95% CI from at least three experiments; Figure 9 is a graph showing half the cytotoxic concentration (CC50) values of clemastine, (R, R)-112 and (S, R)-157 against Bone Marrow Derived Macrophages (BMDM), values are mean ± 95% CI from at least three experiments;
Figure 10 is a graph showing EC50 (μM) values of clemastine and analogue (S, R)-157 against wild type (WT), Δ LCB2 (a defined mutant lacking sphingolipid biosynthesis) and PX (Δ LCB2 genetically restored) L. major promastigotes, cycloheximide is used as a positive control, values are mean ± 95% CI from at least three experiments; Figure 11 provides the structures of NBD-C6-ceramide 80 and NBD-C6-IPC 81; Figure 12 shows the separation of NBD-C6-IPC 81 product from NBD-C6-ceramide 80 substrate by HPTLC, microsomes were treated with 5mM of (S, R)-157 and negative and positive controls were DMSO and 5mM of clemastine; and Figure 13 provides results from an in vivo study of BALB/c mice infected with 2x106 L. amazonensis GFP promastigotes in the right ear, mice were randomized into drug- treated and control groups of 5/6 mice each. During 28 days of treatment a) weight variation of mice and b) progression of lesion thickness were measured. After completion of treatment, c) representative photographs of the infected ear for each group were taken and the parasite burden was evaluated by, and d) LDA; asterisks indicate that the difference between control and drug-treated groups are statistically significant. * P £ 0.05, ** P £ 0.01, *** P £ 0.001, **** P £ 0.0001. Examples The inventors wished to synthesise a library of nor-clemastine analogues to better understand the structure activity relationship (SAR). However, a specific challenge arose in the synthesis of the head group. This required four steps and produced the head group in a moderate overall yield. In addition, the final SN2 reaction generated a desired analogue (R)-112 (shown in Figure 1) but suffered from low yields. Therefore, an alternative more accessible series was explored in which the pyrrolidine nitrogen was moved round one position to form novel N-linked analogues such as analogue (R)- 147 (Figure 1). Example 1 - Synthesis of N-linked analogues The N-linked analogues were initially prepared, in 2 steps, using an Au(I) catalysed SN1 reaction developed by the inventors and shown in Figure 2. For example, coupling of benzhydrol 113 with bromoethanol, followed by an alkylation with 2-methylpyrrolidine at elevated temperature or at rt with KI as a catalyst gave N-linked analogue (R)-147. The higher overall yield for (R)-147 of 57% compared favourably to the 15% yield for the synthesis of nor-clemastine (R)-112. Ether formation and N-alkylation was confirmed by analysis of the 2D HMBC correlations. A number of compounds were produced using this two-step mechanism, and details are provided in table 1.
Table 1: N-linked analogues produced
Additionally, reduction of ester 150 using LiAlH4 formed compound 149 in a moderate yield (Figure 3). Confirmation of the pyrrolidinyl methanol 149 was obtained by a characteristic OH stretch at 3408 cm-1 in the IR spectrum, the absence of a carbonyl signal at 174.5 ppm in the 13C NMR spectrum and the disappearance of the methyl group at 3.55 ppm in the 1H spectrum. Example 2 – Activity of N-linked analogues With this initial set of analogues, the approach was validated by assaying the compounds against L. major promastigotes and L. amazonensis promastigotes. The results are provided in table 2. Table 2: Activity of compounds against L. amazonensis promastigote and L. major promastigote
Example 3 - Role of stereochemistry The inventors decided to investigate the role of stereochemistry in the structure activity relationship (SAR).
In view of the results obtained in example 2, the inventors determined that the stereocentre on the pyrrolidine ring has little effect on antileishmanial activity as both (R)-147 and (S)-147 have an activity of approximately 2 mM against L. major promastigotes, see Table 1. The enantioselective synthesis illustrated in Figure 4 was performed to access analogues which explore stereochemistry on the benzhydryl carbon. The enantiopure benzhydrol, (R)-113 or (S)-113, were synthesised as explained below in the material and methods section. The head group was prepared, in two steps, by carrying out an N- alkylation with 2-bromoethanol under reflux to afford compound (R)-155 in a moderate yield of 48 %. The IR spectrum was used to confirm the formation of (R)-155 with an OH signal at 3385 cm-1. A subsequent chlorination with thionyl chloride formed head group (R)-154 in a yield of 37 %. Formation of (R)-154 was confirmed by the mass spectrum which showed a chlorine isotope pattern with an intensity ratio of 3:1 (m/z = 148 (M(35Cl)H+), 150 (M(37Cl)H+)). The final step was the SN2 etherification to form analogue (R, R)-147 or (R, S)-147 in a moderate yield. This provides access to N-linked clemastine analogues in higher yield as no by-product is formed. These single diastereomer N-linked analogues were then tested against L. major promastigotes and demonstrate that the (S)-configuration on the benzhydryl carbon, (R, S)-147, is about 4 times less active than analogue (R)-147 with mixed stereochemistry at this position (Figure 5). Hence, the benzhydryl stereocentre contributes to the antileishmanial activity to a greater extent than the chiral centre on the pyrrolidine ring. The (R)-configuration at the benzhydryl carbon in isomer (R, R)- 147 provided the highest activity (EC50 = 1.7 ± 0.3 μM) against L. major promastigotes. Example 3 – Extending the carbon linker It was hypothesised, that extending the linker to 3 carbon units, to form analogue (S, R)-157, could improve the antileishmanial activity of the compounds. As explained above, the stereocentre on the pyrrolidine ring has little effect on antileishmanial activity. The (S)-configuration in the pyrrolidine ring of analogues 157 and 158, with 3 and 4 carbon unit linker chains respectively, were synthesised with a racemic benzhydryl centre. Hence, (S)-157 and (S)-158 were synthesised by performing an SN1 reaction on benzhydrol 113 with bromopropanol and bromobutanol respectively, followed by an alkylation with 2-methylpyrrolidine (S)-148, see Figure 6.
The compounds generated dose response curves against promastigotes, as shown in Figure 7. For analogue (S)-157 the antileishmanial activity drops to sub-micromolar (EC50 = 0.09 ± 0.02 μM), which is now equipotent to clemastine (EC50 = 0.172 ± 0.003 μM) and nor-clemastine (R, R)-112 (EC50 = 0.13 ± 0.01 μM). This suggests that the optimum chain length is 3 carbons. Example 4 – Improving the activity of (S)-157 Based upon the results obtained in Example 2 for analogue 147, the inventors proposed that the (R)-configuration on the benzhydryl carbon would result in the isomer with the highest activity. Therefore, the single diastereomer, analogue (S, R)-157, was synthesised following the same procedure described above. Anti-promastigote assays Compounds (S)-157 and (S, R)-157 were tested against L. major and L. amazonensis promastigotes. The EC50 values shown in Figure 8 demonstrate that analogue (S, R)- 157 is about three times more active against L. major promastigotes (EC50 = 0.058 ± 0.007 μM) than clemastine and equipotent to clemastine when tested against L. amazonensis promastigotes (EC50= 0.02 ± 0.01 μM). The inventors then wanted to further investigate the antileishmanial activity of (S, R)- 157 by testing it against the clinically relevant amastigote form of the disease. Cytotoxicity to BMDM Before the anti-amastigote assay could be conducted the cytotoxicity of compound (S, R)-157 against BMDM needed to be investigated using a resazurin-based cell-viability assay. As shown in Figure 9, compound (S, R)-157 proved to be 3-4 times less cytotoxic to host macrophages than clemastine. The low levels of cytotoxicity of (S, R)- 157 to BMDM (CC50 = 73 ± 14 μM) suggest that this compound has the potential to be a more selective antileishmanial drug than clemastine. Overall, (S, R)-157 is a more accessible and selective compound (SI = 146) than clemastine (SI = 50).
On-target effects On-target effects of (S, R)-157 required validation before it could be progressed into an animal model. The dose-dependent growth inhibition of L. major WT, Δ LCB2 and PX cell line were assessed and compared to validate on target effects of (S, R)-157 (Figure 10). Using cycloheximide as a control these assays showed that, similar to clemastine, (S, R)-157 is approximately 3 times more active against WT and PX cell lines than the mutant Δ LCB2 promastigotes. This suggested that both clemastine and (S, R)-157 are disrupting the sphingolipid pathway. The mutant assay indicates that analogue (S, R)-157 is having an effect on sphingolipid biosynthesis, however, IPCS still needed to be validated as the target. To achieve this, a biochemical assay adopted from the literature (J. G. Mina, J. A. Mosely, H. Z. Ali, H. Shams-Eldin, R. T. Schwarz, P. G. Steel and P. W. Denny, Int. J. Biochem. Cell Biol., 2010, 42, 1553–1561) was employed. In the assay NBD-C6- ceramide 80 and NBD-C6-IPC 81 (Figure 11) were separated via HPTLC and analysed through fluorescence spectroscopy. This experiment demonstrated that (S, R)-157 acted as an inhibitor of IPCS, because product IPC was not observed on the HPTLC plate (Figure 12). In vivo infection study As sub-micromolar activity has been observed for (S, R)-157 against Leishmania in vitro, it was hypothesised that this compound would be effective in an animal model infected with L. amazonensis parasites. Hence, a study was undertaken analysing in vivo efficacy of (S, R)-157 in the treatment mice infected with L. amazonensis. The intralesional route was chosen as it is immediately absorbed at the site action and therefore the most effective means of delivering the drug. The oral route was studied as an oral drug would be most accessible to those infected with leishmaniasis living in deprived communities. The in vivo study involved treatment of BALB/c mice infected with L. amazonensis expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP). Treatment of four groups of mice was initiated one week post infection: clemastine (intralesional, IL), (S, R)-157
(intralesional, IL), glucatime solution (GLU) and untreated (UN). Clemastine (IL) was administered at a dose of 1.17 mg kg‐1 twice a week. Analogue (S, R)-157 was also administered at a dose of 1.17 mg kg-1 via IL injection twice a week, the same treatment regime as used in the clemastine IL group enabling the two therapies to be directly compared. Finally, glucantime solution was used as the positive control at an IP dose of 1.30 g kg‐1 twice a week. Mice were treated for 28 days and weight variation and lesion size were measured at least once a week to monitor the progression of the disease. On day 41 the animals were sacrificed and the fluorescence measured and parasite load quantified using limiting dilution assay (LDA). There was little variation in the weight of the treated mice (Figure 13a). However, (S, R)-157 appears less toxic than clemastine due to the higher weight gain observed as compared with the clemastine. Furthermore, on day 35 post-infection, mice treated with analogue (S, R)-157 IL showed a significant reduction in lesion size when compared to the untreated group. The lesion growth trend is similar for the groups treated with analogue (S, R)-157 and clemastine IL (Figure 13b). It should be noted that mice treated with glucantime solution, i.e. the positive control group, showed the greatest reduction in lesion size. This is partly due to glucantime solution being administered as an IP therapy, whereas IL treatments can cause inflammation to the ear increasing lesion measurements. Images in Figure 13c show similar improvements in the appearance of the lesion for analogue (S, R)-157 IL, clemastine IL and glucantime solution IP groups when compared to the untreated group. Similar to clemastine IL, results from the LDA showed statistical significance between the untreated group and analogue (S, R)-157 IL group (P £ 0.0001) (Figure 13d). This positive in vivo result supports the hypothesis that analogue (S, R)-157 could be an effective treatment for CL in an animal model. Example 5 – Testing further compounds The inventors synthesised the eleven further compounds identified in the table below. The structures of all of the compounds were confirmed using 1H and 1
C NMR spectroscopy and mass spectrometry. It will be noted that compound NTP-61 is the same as (S,R)-157, identified above. This compound was included in the (later) assay as a reference standard.
Table 3: Structure of compounds and activity against L. amazonensis promastigote and L. major promastigote
As shown in the table, all of the compounds were found to be active against L. amazonensis promastigote, and the vast majority were also active against L. major promastigote. Example 6 – Further compounds The inventors synthesised four further compounds identified below. The structures of all of the compounds were confirmed using 1H and 13C NMR spectroscopy and mass spectrometry.
The inventors investigated the activity and cytotoxicity of NTP-85 compared to clemastine fumarate, and the results are provided in Table 4 below. Table 4: Activity and cytotoxicity of NTP-85 compared to clemastine fumarate
As shown above, after 72 hours NTP-85 had an ED50 of 143 nM against L.donovani AG83 promastigotes and an ED50 of 95 nM against L.donovani AG83 amastigotes. Both of these results are superior to the activity exhibited by clemastine fumarate. Furthermore, NTP-85 was not cytotoxic. Example 7 – Liposomal formulations The inventors then tested the activity of NTP-85 and clemastine fumarate in a phosphatidylcholine-stearylamine (PCSA) liposomal formulation. Amphotericin B (AmB) was used as a positive control. The formulations were prepared as described in Sinha et al. (“Cationic Liposomal Sodium Stibogluconate (SSG), a Potent Therapeutic Tool for Treatment of Infection by SSG-Sensitive and -Resistant Leishmania
donovani”, Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, January 2015, Volume 59, Number 1, pages 344-355). The results are provided in table 5. Table 5: Activity and cytotoxicity of NTP-85 compared to clemastine fumarate
It will be noted that the compounds offered significantly improved efficacy when provided in a liposomal formulation. Conclusion The inventors were able to develop simple synthetic routes to easily and quickly access N-linked analogues of clemastine. All of the compounds synthesised were active. In particular, with a 3-carbon chain linker and the appropriate (S, R) stereochemistry, compound (S, R)-157, was equipotent to clemastine against L. amazonensis promastigotes and more active than clemastine against L. major promastigotes. This compound was less toxic to macrophages than clemastine and showed similar activity to clemastine against L. amazonensis intramacrophage amastigotes. Therefore, compound (S, R)-157 was a more accessible and selective compound. The target of compound (S, R)-157 was validated as IPCS using mutant Δ LCB2 promastigotes and an LmjIPCS biochemical HPTLC assay. Compound (S, R)-157 was progressed into an in vivo infection study and showed efficacy as an IL therapy against CL.
Materials and Methods Chemical experimental General experimental details SOLVENTS AND REAGENTS: All analytical grade solvents and commercially available regents were used as received from their respective suppliers or dried as required, using standard procedures. All reactions were performed under an inert atmosphere of argon unless otherwise stated. CHARACTERISATION: Reactions were monitored by LC-MS, GC-MS or by TLC using aluminium backed plates. Methods to visualise the spots included ultra-violet light (254 nm) and colour reagents. The visualising stains used were potassium permanganate, phosphomolybdic acid or ninhydrin. Column chromatography was performed using a Teledyne Isco CombiFlash® System with RediSep® Rf normal-phase and C-18 reversed-phase columns. Both carbon and hydrogen NMR spectra were acquired at 295 K on Varian VNMRS 700 (1H at 700 MHz, 13C at 176 MHz), Varian VNMRS 600 (1H at 600 MHz, 13C at 151 MHz), with sample dissolved in the analytical solvent CDCl3.2D COSY, HSQC, HMBC and NOESY were run to aid assignment of peaks. Chemical shifts are reported in parts per million, ppm, to 2 decimal places; with the multiplicity of the signal reported as s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; coupling constants, J, are quoted to the nearest ± 0.5 Hz. Ar refers to aryl resonances which could not be accurately assigned. Infrared (IR) spectra were acquired using a Perkin-Elmer Paragon 1000 FT-IR and absorption maxima (νmax) are reported in wavenumbers (cm-1) and assigned as strong (s), medium (m), weak (w) or broad (br). Mass spectra were recorded using Shimadzu gas chromatography via electron ionization (EI) or on a Waters TQD spectrometer coupled to an Acquity UPLC. Melting points are measured using Fisher ScientificTM IA9000 melting point apparatus. Experimental procedure and compound characterisation General procedure A: Pd-catalysed etherification To a solution of alcohol (1 equiv.) and diphenylmethanol (1 equiv.) in DCE (5 mL mmol-1) was added PdCl2 (0.1 equiv.). The reaction mixture was heated at 80 °C for 48 h. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. General procedure B: SN2 reaction of 4-chlorobenzhydrol and alkyl chloride The 4-chlorobenzhydrol (1 equiv.) and NaH (60%, 3 equiv.) were dissolved in anhydrous toluene (5 mL mmol-1) and heated under reflux for 3 h under nitrogen. The solution was cooled to rt and chloroethylpyrrolidine (1 equiv.) in toluene (2.5 mL mmol-1) was added. The reaction mixture was then reacted under reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled, quenched with H2O (X mL) and diluted with EtOAc (X mL). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with
EtOAc (2 x X mL). The combined organic layers were then dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. General procedure C: Fieser’s method for the workup of LiAlH4 reactions A reaction mixture generated from X g of lithium aluminium hydride was cooled to 0 °C and diluted with ether. It was then carefully quenched with H2O (X mL), followed by 3 M NaOH(aq) (3X mL) and finally H2O (3X mL). This was warmed to rt and stirred for 15 min before the addition of anhydrous MgSO4 and then stirring for another 5 min. The salts were then removed by filtration and solvent was removed in vacuo to afford the crude product. (R)-(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methanol - (R)-113
Et2Zn (2.4 mL, 3.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of phenylboronic acid (146 mg, 1.2 mmol) in toluene (3 mL) under an argon atmosphere. After stirring for 12 h at 60 °C, the mixture is cooled to 0 °C and a toluene solution of [(2R)-1-methylpyrrolidin-2- yl]diphenylmethanol (27 mg, 0.1 mmol) was introduced. The reaction was stirred for an additional 15 min and the 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (70 mg, 0.5 mmol) then added. After stirring for 12 h at 0 °C the reaction was quenched with H2O (2 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and solvent evaporated. Purification by chromatography (10% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the desired product (77 mg, 56%) as a white solid. [α]D (c = 1.00 g/100 mL, CHCl3) -27.0 ° (lit.: [α] D (c = 1.00 g/100 mL, CHCl3) -16 °); 95 % ee (determined by chiral HPLC analysis). nmax (ATR) 3347 (br, m), 1489 (s), 1453 (m), 1089 (s), 1012 (s). δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 7.41 - 7.28 (9H, m, ArH), 5.81 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 2.42 (1H, s, OH). δC (101 MHz, CDCl3) 143.5 (ArC), 142.3 (ArC), 133.4 (ArC), 128.8 (ArC), 128.7 (ArC), 127.9(9) (ArC), 127.9(6) (ArC), 126.6 (ArC), 75.7 (Ar2CH). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 201 (M(35Cl)–OH+), 203 (M(37Cl)–OH+). (S)-(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methanol - (S)-113
Et2Zn (2.4 mL, 3.6 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of phenylboronic acid (146 mg, 1.2 mmol) in toluene (3 mL) under an argon atmosphere. After stirring for 12 h at 60 °C, the mixture is cooled to 0 °C and a toluene solution of [(2S)-1-methylpyrrolidin-2-
yl]diphenylmethanol (27 mg, 0.1 mmol) was introduced. The reaction was stirred for an additional 15 min and the 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (70 mg, 0.5 mmol) then added. After stirring for 12 h at 0 °C the reaction was quenched with H2O (2 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 5 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and solvent evaporated. Purification by chromatography (10% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the desired product (134 mg, 97%) as a white solid. [α]D (c = 1.00 g/100 mL, CHCl3) +17.9 ° (lit.: [α] D (c = 1.00 g/100 mL, CHCl3) +19°); 96 % ee (determined by chiral HPLC analysis). nmax (ATR) 3347 (br, m), 1489 (s), 1453 (m), 1089 (s), 1012 (s). NMR and mass spectra were consistent with the R enantiomer. 1-[(2-Bromoethoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene261 - 180
General procedure A was followed with 2-bromoethanol (0.1 mL, 1.41 mmol) and (4- chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methanol 113 (218 mg, 1.00 mmol) with the modification of AuCl (24 mg, 0.14 mmol) as the catalyst in the place of PdCl2 with a reaction time of 20 h. The product was purified by flash column chromatography (0 → 20 % EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the title compound (282 mg, 87%) as a colourless oil. nmax (ATR) 2858 (w), 1490 (m), 1453 (w), 1276 (w), 1185 (w), 1089 (m), 1029 (w), 1015 (m) cm-1. δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.37 – 7.33 (4H, m, ArH), 7.32 – 7.27 (5H, m, ArH), 5.41 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.82 – 3.74 (2H, m, 2’-H), 3.53 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1’-H). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 141.3 (ArC), 140.5 (ArC), 133.5 (ArC), 128.7(2) (ArC), 128.7(1) (ArC), 128.4(5) (ArC), 128.0 (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 83.4 (Ar2CH), 69.1 (C-2’), 30.7 (C-1’). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 347 (M(35Cl)(79Br) Na+), 349 (M(37Cl)(79Br) Na+) (M(35Cl)(81Br) Na+), 351 (M(37Cl)(81Br) Na+). 1-{2-[(4-Chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}pyrrolidine - 152
1-[(2-Bromoethoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 180 (117 mg, 0.36 mmol) is dissolved in MeCN (3 mL) and pyrollidine (0.04 mL, 0.43 mmol) and K2CO3 (69 mg, 0.50 mmol) are added.
The reaction is heated to 60 °C and left to stir overnight. The reaction was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL) and washed with H2O (5 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by reversed phase column chromatography (5 → 100% MeCN in H2O with 0.1% formic acid) to afford the title compound (61 mg, 54%) as a yellow oil. nmax (ATR) 2962 (w), 2787 (w), 1490 (m), 1453 (w), 1088 (s), 1015 (m) cm-1. δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.33 – 7.23 (9H, m, ArH), 5.35 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.62 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2’-H2), 2.82 (2H, t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1’-H2), 2.66 – 2.61 (4H, m, 2-H2, 5-H2), 1.82 – 1.76 (4H, m, 3-H2, 4-H2). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 141.8 (ArC), 141.0 (ArC), 133.3 (ArC), 128.6(2) (ArC), 128.5(9) (ArC), 128.4 (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 83.4 (Ar2CH), 68.2 (C-2’), 55.7 (C-1’), 54.8 (C-2, C-5), 23.6 (C-3, C-4). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 316 (M(35Cl)H+), 318 (M(37Cl)H+). Accurate mass: Found (M(35Cl)H+), 316.1461: C19H2335ClNO requires M, 316.1468. Methyl (2S)-1-{2-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate - (S)-150
1-[(2-Bromoethoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 180 (170 mg, 0.52 mmol) is dissolved in MeCN (5 mL) and L-proline methyl ester hydrochloride (104 mg, 0.63 mmol) and K2CO3 (144 mg, 1.04 mmol) are added. The reaction is heated to 60 °C and left to stir overnight. The reaction was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL) and washed with H2O (5 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by reversed phase column chromatography (5 → 100% MeCN in H2O with 0.1% formic acid) to afford the title compound (104 mg, 54%) as a colourless oil. nmax (ATR) 2950 (w), 1732 (m), 1489 (m), 1452 (w), 1435 (w), 1262 (w), 1170 (m), 1087 (s), 1014 (m) cm-1. δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.32 – 7.20 (9H, m, ArH), 5.31 (0.5H, s, Ar2CH), 5.30 (0.5H, s, Ar2CH), 3.61 – 3.56 (2H, m, 2’-H2), 3.55 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.42 – 3.33 (1H, m, 2-H), 3.24 – 3.15 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 3.01 – 2.91 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 2.89 – 2.80 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 2.61 – 2.49 (1H, m, 1’- HH’), 2.19 – 2.09 (1H, m, 3HH’), 1.95 – 1.84 (2H, m, 4H2), 1.84 – 1.75 (1H, m, 3HH’). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 174.5(4) (CO), 174.4(9) (CO), 141.9 (ArC), 141.0(2) (ArC), 141.0(0) (ArC), 133.3 (ArC), 133.2 (ArC), 128.6(1) (ArC), 128.5(9) (ArC), 128.5(6) (ArC), 128.5(5) (ArC), 128.5 (ArC), 128.3 (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.7 (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 126.9 (ArC), 83.4 (Ar2CH), 68.1 (C-2’), 65.9 (C-2), 54.5(1) (C-5), 54.4(9) (C-5), 54.0 (C-1’), 53.9 (C-1’), 51.7(8) (OCH3), 51.7(7) (OCH3), 29.7 (C-3), 29.6 (C-3), 23.3 (C-4). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 396.105
(M(35Cl)Na+), 398.016 (M(37Cl)Na+). Accurate mass: Found (M(35Cl)H+), 374.1516: C21H25 35ClNO3 requires M, 374.1523. Methyl (2R)-1-{2-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}pyrrolidine-2-carboxylate - (R)-150
1-[(2-Bromoethoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 180 (462 mg, 1.42 mmol) is dissolved in MeCN (7 mL) and D-proline methyl ester hydrochloride (282 mg, 1.70 mmol) and K2CO3 (471 mg, 3.41 mmol) are added. The reaction is heated to 60 °C and left to stir overnight. The reaction was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL) and washed with H2O (10 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. The crude product was purified by reversed phase column chromatography (5 → 100% MeCN in H2O with 0.1% formic acid) to afford the title compound (161 mg, 30%) as a colourless oil. nmax (ATR) 2950 (w), 2870 (w), 1733 (m), 1489 (m), 1455 (w), 1435 (w), 1196 (m), 1169 (m), 1087 (s), 1072 (m), 1012 (m) cm-1. δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.32 – 7.20 (9H, m, ArH), 5.31 – 5.29 (1H, m, Ar2CH), 3.58 – 3.53 (5H, m, 2’-H2, OCH3), 3.35 – 3.30 (1H, m, 2-H), 3.21 – 3.16 (1H, m, 1’- HH’), 2.97 – 2.91 (1H, m, 5-H), 2.84 – 2.78 (1H, m, 5-H), 2.53 – 2.46 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.15 – 2.06 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.93 – 1.83 (2H, m, 4-H2), 1.81 – 1.74 (1H, m, 3-HH’). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 174.6(8) (CO), 174.6(5) (CO), 141.8(8) (ArC), 141.8(5) (ArC), 141.1 (ArC), 141.0 (ArC), 133.2 (ArC), 133.1 (ArC), 128.5(7) (ArC), 128.5(5) (ArC), 128.5(2) (ArC), 128.5(0) (ArC), 128.4 (ArC), 128.3 (ArC), 127.7(3) (ArC), 127.6(5) (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 126.9 (ArC), 83.3 (Ar2CH), 68.2(1) (C-2’), 68.1(8) (C-2’), 65.9(4) (C-2), 65.9(2) (C-2), 54.5 (C-5), 54.0(3) (C-1’), 53.9(9) (C-1’), 51.7 (OCH3), 29.7 (C-3), 29.6 (C-3), 23.4(0) (C-4), 23.3(9) (C-4). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 396.343 (M(35Cl)Na+), 398.256 (M(37Cl)Na+). Accurate mass: Found (M(35Cl)H+), 374.1530: C21H25 35ClNO3 requires M, 374.1523. [(2S)-1-{2-[(4-Chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl]methanol - (S)-149
To a 0 °C solution of methyl (2S)-1-{2-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}pyrrolidine-2- carboxylate (S)-150 (50 mg, 0.13 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was slowly added LiAlH4 (2.4 M
solution in THF, 0.14 mL, 0.33 mmol), before being warmed to rt and stirred for 3h. The reaction mixture was then cooled in an ice bath and any reactive salts were quenched according to Fieser’s method (general procedure C). The product was purified by reversed phase column chromatography (5 → 100% MeCN in H2O with 0.1% formic acid). To afford the title compound (22.5 mg, 50%) as a yellow oil. nmax (ATR) 3408 (br, w), 2870 (w), 1490 (m), 1088 (s) cm-1. δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.34 - 7.23 (9H, m, ArH), 5.33 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.65 – 3.60 (1H, m, HOCHH’), 3.58 – 3.52 (2H, m, 2’-H2), 3.41 – 3.36 (1H, m, HOCHH’), 3.21 – 3.14 (1H, m, 5–HH’), 3.10 – 3.02 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.77 – 2.69 (1H, m, 2-H), 2.66 – 2.59 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 2.42 – 2.34 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 1.90 – 1.82 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.77 – 1.68 (3H, m, 4-HH’, 3-H2). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 141.8(3) (ArC), 141.7(7) (ArC), 141.0 (ArC), 140.9 (ArC), 133.3(3) (ArC), 133.3(1) (ArC), 128.7(0) (ArC), 128.6(7) (ArC), 128.3(2) (ArC), 128.3(0) (ArC), 127.9 (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.0(0) (ArC), 126.9(5) (ArC), 83.5(2) (Ar2CH), 83.4(9) (Ar2CH), 68.2(4) (C-2’), 68.1(9) (C-2’), 65.2 (C-2), 62.6 (CH2OH), 62.5 (CH2OH), 55.2 (C-5), 55.1 (C-5), 54.3(6) (C-1’), 54.3(5) (C-1’), 27.6 (C-3), 24.1 (C-4). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 368 (M(35Cl)Na+), 370 (M(37Cl)Na+). Accurate mass: Found (M(35Cl)H+), 346.1571: C20H25 35ClNO2 requires M, 346.1574 [(2R)-1-{2-[(4-Chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}pyrrolidin-2-yl]methanol - (R)-149
To a 0 °C solution of methyl (2R)-1-{2-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}pyrrolidine-2- carboxylate (R)-150 (115 mg, 0.30 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was slowly added LiAlH4 (2.4M solution in THF, 0.31 mL, 0.75 mmol), before being warmed to rt and stirred for 3h. The reaction mixture was then cooled in an ice bath and any reactive salts were quenched according to Fieser’s method (general procedure B). The product was purified by reversed phase column chromatography (5 → 100% MeCN in H2O with 0.1% formic acid). To afford the title compound (64 mg, 62%) as a yellow oil. nmax (ATR) 3392 (br, w), 2946 (w), 2870 (w), 1489 (m), 1453 (w), 1403 (w), 1295 (w), 1185 (w), 1086 (s), 1028 (m), 1014 (s) cm-1. δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.35 - 7.23 (9H, m, ArH), 5.35 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.68 – 3.63 (1H, m, HOCHH’), 3.63 – 3.56 (2H, m, 2’-H2), 3.45 – 3.40 (1H, m, HOCHH’), 3.27 – 3.18 (1H, m, 5–HH’), 3.14 – 3.06 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.85 – 2.75 (1H, m, 2-H), 2.71 – 2.65 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 2.48 – 2.38 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 1.93 – 1.85 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.81 – 1.70 (3H, m, 4-HH’, 3-H2). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 141.7 (ArC), 141.6 (ArC),
140.9 (ArC), 140.8 (ArC), 133.4 (ArC), 133.3 (ArC), 128.6(9) (ArC), 128.6(8) (ArC), 128.6(6) (ArC), 128.3(2) (ArC), 128.2(8) (ArC), 127.9 (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.0 (ArC), 126.9 (ArC), 83.5(3) (Ar2CH), 83.5(1) (Ar2CH), 67.9(5) (C-2’), 67.8(9) (C-2’), 65.7 (C-2), 62.4(1) (CH2OH), 62.3(8) (CH2OH), 55.1(8) (C-5), 55.1(6) (C-5), 54.5 (C-1’), 27.5 (C-3), 24.1 (C-4). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 368 (M(35Cl)Na+), 370 (M(37Cl)Na+). Accurate mass: Found (M(35Cl)H+), 346.1579: C20H25 35ClNO2 requires M, 346.1574. (2R)-1-{2-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}-2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine - (R)-153
1-[(2-bromoethoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 180 (160 mg, 0.49 mmol) in DMF (0.8 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of the (R)-methoxymethylpyrrolidine (0.06 mL, 0.49 mmol), KI (8.3 mg, 0.08 mmol) and K2CO3 (135 mg, 0.98 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h. Following the addition of H2O (5 mL) and extraction with EtOAc (3 x 5mL), the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (10% MeOH in CHCl3) to afford the title compound (114 mg, 65 %) as a brown oil. nmax (ATR) 2871 (w), 2810 (w), 1489 (m), 1453 (w), 1185 (w), 1088 (s), 1015 (m). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.33 – 7.23 (9H, m, ArH), 5.37 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.74 – 3.57 (2H, m, 2’-H2), 3.56 - 3.41 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 3.37 – 3.29 (4H, m, CH3, 1-HH’), 3.29 – 3.11 (2H, m, 1’-HH’, 5-HH’), 2.95 – 2.60 (2H, m, 1’-HH’, 2-H), 2.58 – 2.32 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 1.97 – 1.86 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.86 – 1.70 (2H, m, 4-H2), 1.70 – 1.57 (1H, m, 3-HH’). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 141.8 (ArC), 141.7 (ArC), 141.0 (ArC), 140.9 (ArC), 133.3 (ArC), 133.2 (ArC), 128.6(3) (ArC), 128.6(1) (ArC), 128.5(9) (ArC), 128.4(4) (ArC), 128.3(8) (ArC), 127.8(2) (ArC), 127.7(7) (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 127.0 (ArC), 83.4 (Ar2CH), 75.4 (C-1), 67.8 (C-2’), 64.3 (C-2), 59.2 (CH3), 55.6 (C-5), 55.5 (C-5), 54.9 (C-1’), 28.0 (C-3), 23.2 (C-4). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 382 (M(35Cl)Na+), 384 (M(37Cl)Na+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 360.1734: C21H27NO235Cl requires M, 360.1730. (2S)-1-{2-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}-2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine - (S)-153
1-[(2-bromoethoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 180 (160 mg, 0.49 mmol) in DMF (0.8 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of the (S)-methoxymethylpyrrolidine (0.06 mL, 0.49 mmol), KI (8.3 mg, 0.08 mmol) and K2CO3 (135 mg, 0.98 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 4 h. Following the addition of H2O (5 mL) and extraction with EtOAc (3 x 5mL), the combined organic layers were dried and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (10% MeOH in CHCl3) to afford the title compound (68 mg, 39 %) as a brown oil. nmax (ATR) 2871 (w), 2811 (w), 1489 (m), 1452 (w), 1185 (m), 1087 (s), 1014 (m). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.33 - 7.30 (4H, m, ArH), 7.30 – 7.26 (4H, m, ArH), 7.26 -7.23 (1H, m, ArH), 5.36 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.67 - 3.55 (2H, m, 2’-H2), 3.53 - 3.38 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 3.33 – 3.27 (4H, m, CH3, 1-HH’), 3.25 – 3.14 (2H, m, 1’-HH’, 5-HH’), 2.80 - 2.63 (2H, m, 1’-HH’, 2-H), 2.45 – 2.30 (1H, m, 5- HH’), 1.94 – 1.85 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.84 – 1.68 (2H, m, 4-H2), 1.66 – 1.57 (1H, m, 3-HH’). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 141.9 (ArC), 141.8 (ArC), 141.1 (ArC), 141.0 (ArC), 133.2(2) (ArC), 133.1(9) (ArC), 128.5(9) (ArC), 128.5(8) (ArC), 128.5(7) (ArC), 128.5(6), 128.4(2) (ArC), 128.3(8) (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.7 (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 127.0 (ArC), 83.3 (Ar2CH), 75.8 (C-1), 68.2 (C-2’), 64.2 (C-2), 59.2 (CH3), 55.5(1) (C-5), 55.4(5) (C-5), 54.9 (C-1’), 28.1 (C-3), 23.2 (C-4). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 382 (M(35Cl)Na+), 384 (M(37Cl)Na+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 360.1732: C21H27NO2 35Cl requires M, 360.1730. (2R)-1-{2-[(4-Chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}-2-methylpyrrolidine - (R)-147
1-[(2-bromoethoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 180 (326 mg, 1.03 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of the (R)-2-methyl-pyrrolidine hydrochloride (125 mg, 1.03 mmol), KI (17 mg, 0.10 mmol) and K2CO3 (285 mg, 2.06 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 24 h. Following the addition of H2O (5 mL) and extraction with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL), the combined organic layers were dried and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (10% MeOH in CHCl3) to afford the title compound (217 mg, 65 %) as a brown oil. nmax (ATR) 2962 (w), 2869 (w), 2786 (w), 1490 (m), 1453 (w), 1375 (w), 1185 (w), 1088 (s) 1015 (m). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 7.33 – 7.23 (9H, m, ArH), 5.36 (1H, s, Ar2H), 3.62 – 3.55 (2H, m, 2’-H2), 3.16 – 3.11 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 3.09 – 3.03 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.44 - 2.38 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 2.38 – 2.31 (1H, m, 2-H), 2.24 – 2.16 (1H, m, 1’ –HH’), 1.93 – 1.85 (1H,
m, 3-HH’), 1.80 – 1.62 (2H, m, 4-H2), 1.43 – 1.34 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.09 (1.5H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH3), 1.08 (1.5H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 142.0(2) (ArC), 141.9(6) (ArC), 141.2 (ArC), 141.1 (ArC), 133.2(2) (ArC), 133.1(9) (ArC), 128.6(2) (ArC), 128.5(7) (ArC), 128.5 (ArC), 128.4 (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.7 (ArC), 127.1(0) (ArC), 127.0(6) (ArC), 83.4 (Ar2CH), 68.6(0) (C-2’), 68.5(6) (C-2’), 60.4(3) (C-2), 60.4(0) (C-2), 55.0 (C-5), 54.9 (C-5), 53.5 (C-1’), 53.4 (C-1’), 32.6 (C-3), 22.0 (C-4), 19.2 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 330 (M(35Cl)Na+), 332 (M(37Cl)Na+). Accurate mass: Found (M(35Cl)H+), 330.1630: C20H25 35ClNO requires M, 330.1625. (2S)-1-{2-[(4-Chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}-2-methylpyrrolidine - (S)-147
1-[(2-bromoethoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 180 (310 mg, 0.95 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of the (S)-2-methyl-pyrrolidine hydrochloride (115 mg, 0.95 mmol), KI (17 mg, 0.10 mmol) and K2CO3 (263 mg, 1.90 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 24 h. Following the addition of H2O (5 mL) and extraction with EtOAc (3 x 5 mL), the combined organic layers were dried and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (10% MeOH in CHCl3) to afford the title compound (195 mg, 62 %) as a brown oil. nmax (ATR) 2962 (w), 2869 (w), 2785 (w), 1489 (m), 1453 (w), 1375 (w), 1293 (w), 1184 (w), 1087 (s), 1014 (m). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.32 - 7.22 (9H, m, ArH), 5.36 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.65 – 3.55 (2H, m, 2’-H 2 ), 3.20 – 3.13 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 3.10 – 3.04 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.47 – 2.35 (2H, m, 5- HH’, 2-H), 2.28 – 2.20 (1H, m, 1’ –HH’), 1.94 – 1.85 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.81 - 1.72 (1H, m, 4- HH’), 1.71 – 1.63 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.46 – 1.36 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.10 (3H, d, J = 6.0, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 141.9(3) (ArC), 141.8(6) (ArC), 141.1 (ArC), 141.0 (ArC), 133.2(2) (ArC), 133.1(9) (ArC), 128.6(0) (ArC), 128.5(8) (ArC), 128.5(5) (ArC), 128.4(2) (ArC), 128.3(8) (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.7 (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 127.0 (ArC), 83.4 (Ar2CH), 68.3(2) (C-2’), 68.2(9) (C-2’), 60.5(9) (C-2), 60.5(6) (C-2), 54.9 (C-5), 54.8 (C-5), 53.4 (C-1’), 53.3 (C-1’), 32.5 (C-3), 32.4 (C-3), 22.0(0) (C-4), 21.9(9) (C-4), 18.9(3) (CH3), 18.9(1) (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 330 (M(35Cl)Na+), 332 (M(37Cl)Na+). Accurate mass: Found (M(35Cl)H+), 330.1636: C20H2535ClNO requires M, 330.1625.
2-((2R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol263 - (R)-155
2-Bromoethanol (0.23 mL, 3.20 mmol) in dry MeCN (2 mL) was added dropwise to a mixture of (R)-2-methylpyrrolidine (415mg, 3.32 mmol) and K2CO3 (918 mg, 6.64 mmol) in dry MeCN (2 mL) heated under reflux. After 15 h the mixture was cooled to rt, filtered and concentrated. Et2O (5 mL) was then added and the product extracted with 1M HCl (2 x 5 mL). The aqueous phase was made basic with solid NaOH, then extracted with DCM (3 x 5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford the product (200 mg, 48%) as a colourless oil. Carried through without further purification. [α]D (c = 1.00 g/100 mL, CHCl 3 ) -58.8°. n max (ATR) 3385 (br, m), 2963 (m), 2875 (m), 2806 (m), 1677 (m), 1416 (m), 1509 (m). δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 4.03 – 3.86 (3H, m, 2-H2, 5’-HH’), 3.42 – 3.35 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 3.33 – 3.23 (1H, m, 2’-H), 3.01 – 2.91 (2H, m, 1-HH’, 5’-HH’), 2.29 – 2.18 (2H, m, 3’-HH’, 4-HH’), 2.08 – 1.98 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.97 - 1.87 (2H, m, 3’-HH’), 1.54 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 64.6 (C-2’), 57.6 (C-2), 57.2 (C-5’), 54.6 (C-1), 31.4 (C-3’), 21.7 (C-4’), 15.9 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 130 (MH+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 130.1232: C7H16NO requires M, 130.1232. 2-((2S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol263 - (S)-155
2-Bromoethanol (0.14 mL, 1.93 mmol) in dry MeCN (1 mL) was added to a refluxing mixture of (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine (257 mg, 2.00 mmol), K2CO3 (535 mg, 3.87 mmol) in dry MeCN (2 mL). After 15 h the mixture was cooled to rt, filtered and concentrated. Et2O (5 mL) was then added and the product extracted with 1M HCl (2 x 5 mL). The aqueous phase was made basic with solid NaOH, then extracted with DCM (3 x 5 mL). The organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford the product (200 mg, 48%) as a colourless oil. Carried through without further purification. [α]D (c = 1.00 g/100 mL, CHCl 3 ) +60.0°. n max (ATR) 3337 (br, m), 2948 (m), 2657 (m), 1451 (m), 1053 (m). NMR and mass spectra were consistent with the R enantiomer.
(2R)-1-(2-chloroethyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride - (R)-154
A solution of thionyl chloride (0.57 mL, 7.87 mmol) in chloroform (3 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 2-((2R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol (R)-155 (377 mg, 2.92 mmol) in chloroform (4 mL) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 2 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Precipitation from a mixture of EtOH and Et2O afforded the title compound contaminated with 19% 2-((2R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol hydrochloride (353 mg, 35%) as a brown semi-solid. [α]D (c = 1.00 g/100 mL, CHCl 3 ) -23.7°. n max (ATR) 3392 (br, m), 2974 (m), 2554 (m), 2453 (m), 1452 (m), 1422 (m), 1393 (m). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3, 19% 2-((2R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)ethan- 1-ol hydrochloride) 12.56 (1H, s, NH+), 4.15 – 4.10 (1H, m, 4’-HH’), 4.05 – 3.99 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 3.97 – 3.90 (1H, m, 5’-HH’), 3.72 – 3.66 (1H, m, 3’-HH’), 3.31 – 3.24 (1H, m, 2’-H), 3.12 – 3.05 (1H, m, 3’-HH’), 3.04 – 2.97 (1H, m, 5’-HH’), 2.30 – 2.17 (2H, m, 2-H2), 2.08 – 1.95 (2H, m, 1- H2), 1.64 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, 19% 2-((2R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1- yl)ethan-1-ol hydrochloride) 65.3 (C-2’), 54.0 (C-3’), 53.8 (C-5’), 37.6 (C-4’), 31.1 (C-2), 21.6 (C- 1), 15.7 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 148 (M(35Cl)H+), 150 (M(37Cl)H+). (2S)-1-(2-chloroethyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride - (S)-154
A solution of thionyl chloride (0.87 mL, 12 mmol) in chloroform (5 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 2-((2S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol (S)-155 (575 mg, 4.45 mmol) in chloroform (5 mL) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 2 h and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Precipitation from a mixture of EtOH and Et2O afforded the title compound contaminated with 19% 2-((2S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)ethan-1-ol hydrochloride (302 mg, 37%) as a brown semi-solid. [α]D (c = 1.00 g/100 mL, CHCl 3 ) +20.4°. n max (ATR) 3389 (br, m), 2974 (m), 2557 (m), 2461 (m), 1452 (m), 1423 (m), 1393 (m). NMR and mass spectra were consistent with the R enantiomer.
(2S)-1-{2-[(S)-(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}-2-methylpyrrolidine - (S, S)-147
General procedure B was used in the reaction of (S)-4-chlorophenyl(phenyl)methanol (S)-113 (119 mg, 0.43 mmol) and (2S)-1-(2-chloroethyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine (S)-154 (63 mg, 0.43 mmol). The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (0 → 100% EtOAc in hexanes with 1% NEt3) to afford the title compound (78mg, 55%) as a colourless oil. nmax (ATR) 2962 (w), 2869 (w), 2787 (w), 1489 (m), 1453 (w), 1375 (w), 1086 (s), 1014 (m). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.31 - 7.22 (9H, m, ArH), 5.34 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.57 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2’-H2), 3.15 – 3.09 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 3.04 (1H, dt, J = 12.5, 6.5 Hz, 1’-HH’), 2.39 (1H, dt, J = 12.5, 6.5 Hz, 1’-HH’), 2.36 – 2.30 (1H, m, 2-H), 2.22 – 2.16 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 1.91 – 1.84 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.78 – 1.69 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.69 - 1.61 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.41 - 1.33 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.07 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 142.0 (ArC), 141.2 (ArC), 133.2 (ArC), 128.6(1) (ArC), 128.6(0) (ArC), 128.4 (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 83.4 (Ar2CH), 68.6 (C-2’), 60.5 (C-2), 54.9 (C-5), 53.4 (C-1’), 32.6 (C-3), 22.0 (C-4), 19.1 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 330 (M(35Cl)H+), 332 (M(37Cl)H+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 330.1624: C20H25NO35Cl requires M, 330.1625. (2R)-1-{2-[(S)-(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}-2-methylpyrrolidine - (R, S)-147
General procedure B was used in the reaction of (S)-4-chlorophenyl(phenyl)methanol (S)-113 (67 mg, 0.24 mmol) and (2R)-1-(2-chloroethyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine (R)-154 (12 mg, 0.08 mmol). The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (0 → 100% EtOAc in hexanes with 1% NEt3) to afford the title compound (15 mg, 57 %) as a colourless oil. nmax (ATR) 2963 (w), 2870 (w), 2789 (w), 1490 (w), 1453 (w), 1375 (w), 1089 (m), 1015 (w). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.33 – 7.29 (4H, m, ArH), 7.29 - 7.27 (4H, m, ArH), 7.26 – 7.23 (1H, m, ArH), 5.36 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.69 – 3.54 (2H, m, 2’-H2), 3.22 - 3.14 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 3.12 – 3.05 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.54 – 2.36 (2H, m, 1-HH’, 2-H), 2.34 – 2.22 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 1.98 – 1.86 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.84 – 1.74 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.73 – 1.64 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.49 – 1.36 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.12 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 141.9 (ArC), 141.0 (ArC), 133.3 (ArC), 128.7
(ArC), 128.6 (ArC), 128.5 (ArC), 127.8 (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 83.5 (Ar2CH), 68.2 (C-2’), 60.7 (C-2), 54.8 (C-5), 53.4 (C-1’), 32.4 (C-3), 22.0 (C-4), 18.9 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 330 (M(35Cl)H+), 332 (M(37Cl)H+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 330.1634: C20H25NO35Cl requires M, 330.1625. (2R)-1-{2-[(R)-(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]ethyl}-2-methylpyrrolidine - (R, R)-147
General procedure B was used in the reaction of (R)-4-chlorophenyl(phenyl)methanol (R)-113 (100 mg, 0.36 mmol) and (2R)-1-(2-chloroethyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine (R)-154 (53 mg, 0.36 mmol). The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (0 → 100% EtOAc in hexanes with 1% NEt3) to afford the title compound as a colourless oil (72 mg, 61%). nmax (ATR) 2962 (w), 2869 (w), 2788 (w), 1490 (w), 1088 (m), 1015 (w). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.32 - 7.20 (9H, m, ArH), 5.35 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.58 (2H, td, J = 6.5, 1.5 Hz, 2’-H2), 3.16 – 3.12 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 3.06 (1H, dt, J = 12.5, 6.5 Hz, 1’-HH’), 2.41 (1H, dt, J = 12.5, 6.5 Hz, 1’-HH’), 2.38 – 2.32 (1H, m, 2-H), 2.24 – 2.18 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 1.91 – 1.85 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.80 – 1.71 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.70 - 1.63 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.42-1.35 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.09 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 141.9 (ArC), 141.1 (ArC), 133.2 (ArC), 128.5(8) (ArC), 128.5(7) (ArC), 128.4 (ArC), 127.7 (ArC), 127.1 (ArC), 83.4 (Ar2CH), 68.5 (C-2’), 60.5 (C-2), 54.9 (C-5), 53.4 (C- 1’), 32.5 (C-3), 22.0 (C-4), 19.1 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 330 (M(35Cl)H+), 332 (M(37Cl)H+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 330.1632: C20H25NO35Cl requires M, 330.1625. 1-[(3-bromopropoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene - 183
To a solution of 4-chlorophenyl(phenyl)methanol 113 (500 mg, 2.29 mmol) and AuCl (33 mg, 0.23 mmol) in DCE was added 3-bromopropanol (318 mg, 2.29 mmol). This reaction was heated to 80 °C for 16 h. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure and purified by flash column chromatography (0 → 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the product as a colourless oil (244 mg, 54%).
nmax (ATR) 3029 (w), 2866 (w), 1489 (m), 1088 (s), 1014 (m). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.37 – 7.27 (9H, m, ArH), 5.5 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.61 – 3.56 (4H, m, 3’-H2, 1’-H2), 2.18 (2H, p, J = 6.0 Hz, 2’- H2). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 141.8 (ArC), 140.9 (ArC), 133.3 (ArC), 128.7 (ArC), 128.6 (ArC), 128.4 (ArC), 127.9 (ArC), 127.0 (ArC), 83.3 (Ar2CH), 66.6 (C-3’), 33.1 (C-2’), 30.8 (C-1’). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 201 (M(35Cl)-OC3H6Br+), 203 (M(37Cl)- OC3H6Br+). Accurate mass: Found (M-OC3H6Br+), 201.0474: C13H1035Cl requires M, 201.0471. (2S)-1-{3-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]propyl}-2-methylpyrrolidine - (S)-157
1-[(3-bromopropoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 183 (320 mg, 0.94 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of (2S)-2-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride (115 mg, 0.94 mmol), KI (17g, 0.1 mmol) and K2CO3 (210mg, 1.88 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). The reaction was then stirred at rt for 24 h. Following the addition of EtOAc (10 mL), the organic layer was washed with H2O (5 x 10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (10% MeOH in CHCl3) to afford the title compound (217 mg, 65 %) as a colourless oil. nmax (ATR) 2960 (w), 2869 (w), 2789 (w), 1489 (m), 1087 (s), 1014 (m). δH (600 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 7.32 – 7.29 (4H, m, ArH), 7.28 – 7.26 (4H, m, ArH), 7.26 – 7.22 (1H, m, ArH), 5.30 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.51 – 3.47 (2H, m, 3’-H2), 3.17 – 3.09 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 2.95 – 2.86 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.31 – 2.22 (1H, m, 2-H), 2.16 – 2.10 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.10 – 2.04 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 1.93 – 1.81 (3H, m, 2’-H2, 3-HH’), 1.80 – 1.71 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.70 – 1.62 (1H, m, 4- HH’), 1.46 – 1.36 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.08 (1.5H, d, J = 6.0, CH3), 1.08 (1.5H, d, J = 6.0, CH3). δC (151 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 142.2 (C-1’Ph), 141.2(8) (C-1Ph), 141.2(8) (C-1Ph), 133.1(3) (C-4Ph), 133.1(2) (C-4Ph), 128.5(7) (ArC), 128.5(5) (ArC), 128.5(4) (ArC), 128.5(2) (ArC), 128.4 (ArC), 127.6(6) (C-4’Ph), 127.6(5) (C-4’Ph), 127.0 (ArC), 83.0 (Ar2CH), 67.8(3) (C- 3’), 67.8(0) (C-3’), 60.3 (C-2), 54.0(7) (C-5), 54.0(6) (C-5), 51.3 (C-1’), 51.2 (C-1’), 32.8 (C-3), 29.2 (C-2’).21.7 (C-4), 19.1 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 344 (M(35Cl)H+), 346 (M(37Cl)H+). Accurate mass: Found (M(35Cl)H+), 344.1784: C21H2735ClNO requires M, 344.1781.
3-[(2S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]propan-1-ol - (S)-184
3-Bromopropanol (0.72 mL, 7.9 mmol) in dry MeCN (5 mL) was added dropwise to a mixture of (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine (1 g, 8.2 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.27g, 16.4 mmol) in dry MeCN (5 mL) heated under reflux. After 15 h the mixture was cooled to rt, filtered and concentrated. Et2O (10 mL) was then added and the product extracted with 1M HCl (2 x 10 mL). The aqueous phase was made more basic with solid NaOH, then extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford product (620 mg, 55%) as a colourless oil. Carried through without further purification. nmax (ATR) 3372 (br), 2961 (m), 2872 (w), 1114 (w). δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 3.81 – 3.72 (2H, m, 3- H2), 3.35 – 3.26 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 3.02 – 2.91 (1H, m, 5’-HH’), 2.43 – 2.34 (1H, m, 5’-HH’), 2.33 – 2.23 (1H, m, 2’-HH’), 2.13 - 2.02 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 2.01 - 1.81 (2H, m, 2-HH’, 3’-HH’), 1.79 – 1.60 (2H, m, 4’-H2), 1.58 - 1.46 (1H, m, 2-HH’), 1.43 - 1.29 (1H, m, 3’-HH’), 1.11 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 69.3 (C-2’), 61.9 (C-5’), 54.0 (C-1), 50.9 (C-3), 32.2 (C-3’), 27.3 (C-2), 21.6 (C-4’), 18.1 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 144 (MH+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 144.1393: C8H18NO requires M, 144.1388. (2S)-1-(3-chloropropyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride - (S)-185
A solution of thionyl chloride (0.74 mL, 10.24 mmol) in chloroform (2 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of 3-[(2S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]propan-1-ol (S)-184 (491 mg, 3.43 mmol) in chloroform (6 mL) at 0 °C. The mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was precipitated from ethanol and diethylether to afford the title compound (172 mg, 25%) contaminated with 19% 3-[(2S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]propan-1-ol hydrochloride. nmax (ATR) 3404 (br), 2964 (m), 2600 (w), 2511 (w), 1633 (w), 1453 (w), 1063 (w). M.p.125 – 127 °C (lit.265: 150.5 – 152.0 °C). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3, 19% 3-[(2S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]propan-
1-ol hydrochloride) 12.15 (1H, s, N+H), 3.93 - 3.83 (1H, m, 5’-HH’), 3.74 – 3.62 (2H, m, 3-H2), 3.44 - 3.37 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 3.24 – 3.12 (1H, m, 2’-H), 3.00 – 2.92 (1H, m, 1-HH’), 2.89 – 2.79 (1H, m, 5’-HH’), 2.72 – 2.61 (1H, m, 2-HH’), 2.29 - 2.16 (3H, m, 3’-HH’, 4’- HH’, 2-HH’), 2.11 – 1.96 (2H, m, 3’-HH’, 4’- HH’), 1.64 (3H, d, J = 6.5 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, 19% 3-[(2S)- 2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]propan-1-ol hydrochloride) 65.3 (C-2’), 53.5 (C-5’), 51.4 (C-1), 42.1 (C- 3), 31.5 (C-3’), 28.2 (C-2), 21.5 (C-4’), 15.7 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 162 (M(35Cl)H+), 164 (M(37Cl)H+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 162.1041: C8H17N35Cl requires M, 162.1050. (2S)-1-{3-[(R)-(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]propyl}-2-methylpyrrolidine - (S, R)-157
General procedure B was used for the reaction of (R)-4-chlorophenyl(phenyl)methanol 113 (76 mg, 0.27 mmol) and (2R)-1-(2-chloropropyl)-2-methylpyrrolidine (S)-185 (101 mg, 0.62 mmol). The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (0 → 100% EtOAc in hexanes with 1% NEt3) to afford the title compound (78 mg, 55%) as a colourless oil. nmax (ATR) 2960 (w), 1489 (w), 1089 (w). δH (700 MHz, CDCl3) 7.32 – 7.29 (4H, m, ArH), 7.27 – 7.22 (5H, m, ArH), 5.30 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.49 (2H, td, J = 6.0, 1.5 Hz, 3’-H2), 3.21 – 3.15 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 2.98 – 2.90 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.39 – 2.31 (1H, m, 2-H), 2.22 – 2.10 (2H, m, 1’-HH’, 5- HH’), 1.96 – 1.85 (3H, m, 2’-H2, 3-HH’), 1.83 – 1.75 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.73 – 1.65 (1H, m, 4- HH’), 1.50 – 1.42 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.12 (3H, d, J = 6.0 Hz, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 142.1 (C- 1’Ph), 141.2 (C-1Ph), 133.2 (C-4Ph), 128.5(7) (ArC), 128.5(6) (ArC), 128.4 (ArC), 127.7 (C-4’Ph), 127.0 (ArC), 83.0 (Ar2CH), 67.6 (C-3’), 60.7 (C-2), 53.9 (C-5), 51.2 (C-1’), 32.7 (C-3), 28.9 (C- 2’), 21.7 (C-4), 18.7 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 344 (M(35Cl)H+), 346 (M(37Cl)H+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 344.1783: C21H27NO35Cl requires M, 344.1781. 1-[(4-bromobutoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene - 186
General procedure A was used for 4-chlorophenyl(phenyl)methanol 113 (531 mg, 2.43 mmol) and 4-bromobutanol (372 mg, 2.43 mmol) with the modification of AuCl (56 mg, 0.24 mmol) as the catalyst in the place of PdCl2 with a reaction time of 20 h. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0 → 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the title compound (350 mg, 41%) as a colourless oil. nmax (ATR) 3029 (w), 2941 (w), 2863 (w), 1489 (m), 1086 (s), 1014 (m). δH (600 MHz, CDCl3) 7.36 – 7.24 (9H, m, ArH), 5.30 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.47 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz, 4’-H2), 3.43 (2H, t, J = 6.5 Hz, 1’-H2), 2.00 (2H, p, J = 6.5 Hz, 2’-H), 1.79 (2H, p, J = 6.5 Hz, 3’-H). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3) 142.0 (C-1Ph), 141.1 (C-1’Ph), 133.2 (C-4Ph), 128.6(4) (C-3’Ph), 128.6(1) (C-3Ph), 128.3 (C-2Ph), 127.8 (C-4’Ph), 127.0 (C-2’Ph), 83.1 (Ar2CH), 68.1 (C-4’), 33.8 (C-1’), 29.9 (C-2’), 28.5 (C-3’). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 201 (M(35Cl)-OC4H8Br]+), 203 (M(37Cl)-OC4H8Br]+). Accurate mass: Found ([M- OC4H8Br]+), 201.0480: C13H10 35Cl requires M, 201.0471. (2S)-1-{4-[(4-chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methoxy]butyl}-2-methylpyrrolidine - (S)-158
1-[(4-bromobutoxy)(phenyl)methyl]-4-chlorobenzene 186 (106 mg, 0.3 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of (2R)-2-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride (46 mg, 0.38 mmol), KI (7 mg, 0.04 mmol) and K2CO3 (105 mg, 0.76 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 24 h. Following the addition of EtOAc (10 mL), the organic layer was washed with H2O (5 x 10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (0 → 100% EtOAc in hexanes with 1% NEt3) to afford the title compound as a colourless oil (49 mg, 46 %). nmax (ATR) 2954 (w), 2867 (w), 2789 (w), 1490 (m), 1453 (w), 1089 (s), 1015 (m). δH (600 MHz, CDCl3) 7.31 – 7.28 (4H, m, ArH), 7.27 - 7.21 (5H, m, ArH), 5.28 (1H, s, Ar2CH), 3.47 – 3.41 (2H, m, 3’-H2), 3.18 – 3.12 (1H, m, 5-HH’), 2.81 – 2.74 (1H, m, 1’-HH’), 2.29 – 2.19 (1H, m, 2- H), 2.09 –1.96 (2H, m, 5-HH’, 1’-HH’), 1.93 – 1.85 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.81 – 1.72 (1H, m, 4-HH’), 1.72 – 1.55 (5H, m, 4-HH’, 3’-H2, 2’-H2), 1.45 – 1.38 (1H, m, 3-HH’), 1.07 (3H, d, J = 6.0, CH3). δC (176 MHz, CDCl3, mixture of diastereomers) 142.2(1) (C-1’Ph), 142.2(0) (C-1’Ph), 141.3 (C-1Ph), 133.2 (C-4Ph), 128.6(0) (ArC), 128.5(9) (ArC), 128.5(7) (ArC), 128.5(6) (ArC), 128.3(9) (ArC), 128.3(8) (ArC), 127.7 (C-4’Ph), 127.0(3) (ArC), 127.0(1) (ArC), 83.1 (Ar2CH), 69.1(6) (C-4’), 69.1(5) (C-4’), 60.5 (C-2), 54.3 (C-1’), 54.2 (C-1’), 54.1 (C-5), 32.8 (C-3), 28.2(4) (C-2’), 28.2(3)
(C-2’), 25.7 (C-3’), 21.7 (C-4), 19.0 (CH3). m/z (LC-MS, ESI+) 358 (M(35Cl)H+), 360 (M(37Cl)H+). Accurate mass: Found (MH+), 358.1949: C22H28 35ClNO requires M, 358.1938. General Reaction Schemes Below are general reaction schemes showing the synthesis of various compounds.
Reaction Scheme 1 – Synthesis of compounds NTP-5, 8 and 9 Procedure D: Synthesis of 4‐bromo‐N‐(4‐bromobutyl)‐N‐phenylaniline (NTP-2). NaH (1.3 equiv.) was added to a 25 ml round bottom flask containing 4-bromo-N-phenylaniline (1 equiv.) in dry DMF (8.0 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min followed by the addition of 1,4-dibromobutane (1 equiv.). The reaction vessel was sealed, and the content was heated at 80 ºC overnight. Upon completion of the reaction, DMF was removed by air flow. The residue was re-suspended in dichloromethane (20 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was washed with aqueous NaCl (5%) (3x20 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuum. The obtained residue was purified by flash column chromatography with hexane/ethyl acetate (90:10) to afford the titled product. Procedure E: Synthesis of 4‐bromo‐N‐{4‐[(2S)‐2‐methylpyrrolidin‐1‐yl]butyl}‐N‐phenylaniline (NTP-5). A solution of 4‐bromo‐N‐(4‐bromobutyl)‐N‐phenylaniline (NTP-2, 80.0 mg, 0.21 mmol), (R)-2- Methyl-pyrrolidine hydrochloride (25.4 mg, 0.21 mmol), Na2CO3 (101.8 mg, 0.96 mmol) and catalytic amount of KI (0.3 mg, 0.002 mmol) in acetonitrile (125 mL) were refluxed for 12h. Upon reaction completion, precipitate was removed by filtration and solvent was concentrated in vacuum to obtain crude residue which was purified by flash chromatography with dichloromethane/methanol to afford 4-bromo-N-{4-[(2R)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]butyl}-N- phenylaniline (NTP-5, 51.0 mg, 63.1%) as a white solid.. Reaction scheme 1 shows the synthesis of NTP-5, 8 and 9. Additionally, procedures D and E, above explain how NTP-5 was produced. Procedure D was used to produce building blocks N‐(4‐bromobutyl)‐4‐nitro‐N‐phenylaniline (NTP-3) and N‐(4‐bromobutyl)‐4‐chloro‐N‐phenylaniline (NTP-7), except 4-nitro-N-phenylaniline or 4- chloro-N-phenylaniline, respectively, were used instead of 4-bromo-N-phenylaniline. Similarly, procedure E was used to produce NTP-8 and 9, except NTP-3 and NTP-7, respectively, were used instead of instead of NTP-2.
Procedure E was also used to produce NTP-10, except NTP-7 was used instead of instead of NTP-2 and (R)-2-methylpiperidine was used instead of (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine. Table 6: Structure of compounds and NMR data
Reaction Scheme 2 – Synthesis of compounds NTP-61 Reaction scheme 2 shows the synthesis of NTP-61. Procedure F: Synthesis of (R)‐(4‐chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methanol (NTP-59). Et2Zn (22.6 mL, 33.9 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4-chloro-phenylboronic acid (1.76 mg, 11.30 mmol) in toluene under a nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 12 h at 60 °C, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C and a toluene solution of [(2S)-1-methyl pyrrolidine-2- yl]diphenylmethanol (252 mg, 0.94 mmol) was introduced. The reaction was stirred for an additional 15 min and the benzaldehyde (500 mg, 4.71 mmol) then added. After stirring for 12 h at 0 °C the reaction was quenched with H2O (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent evaporated. Purification by flash chromatography (10% EtOAc in hexanes) afforded the title product as a white solid (724 mg, 70.3 %). The spectral data was in agreement with the reported data. Alternatively, if the 4-chloro-phenylboronic acid used as a starting product is replaced with 3- chloro-phenylboronic acid or 2-chloro-phenylboronic acid then the reaction scheme will produce (R)‐(3‐chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methanol or (R)‐(2‐chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methanol, respectively. Procedure G: Synthesis of (S)‐(4‐chlorophenyl)(phenyl)methanol (NTP-78). Et2Zn (20.5 mL, 30.73 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of phenylboronic acid (1.249 mg, 10.24 mmol) in toluene under a nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 12 h at 60 °C, the mixture is cooled to 0 °C and a toluene solution of [(2S)-1-methyl pyrrolidine-2- yl]diphenylmethanol (228 mg, 0.85 mmol) was introduced. The reaction was stirred for an additional 15 min and the 4-chloro-benzaldehyde (600 mg, 4.26 mmol) then added. After stirring for 12 h at 0 °C the reaction was quenched with H2O (5 mL) and extracted with DCM (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and the solvent
evaporated. Purification by chromatography (10% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the title product as a white solid (660 mg, 71%). The spectral data was in agreement with the reported data. Procedure H: Synthesis of building blocks NTP-52, NTP64, NTP-67, NTP-70 & NTP-83.
3-Bromo-1-propanol (0.72 mL, 7.9 mmol) in dry MeCN (5 mL) was added dropwise to a mixture of (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine (1 g, 8.2 mmol) and K2CO3 (2.27g, 16.4 mmol) in dry MeCN (5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated under reflux. After 15 h the mixture was cooled to rt, filtered and concentrated. Et2O (10 mL) was then added and the product was extracted with 1M HCl (2 x 10 mL). The aqueous phase was made more basic with solid NaOH, then extracted with DCM (3 x 10 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford product (NTP-52) in moderate to good yields as a colourless oils. Which was confirmed with LCMS and carried through without further purification. It will be appreciated that if the (S)-2-methylpyrrolidine is replaced with (R)-2- methylpyrrolidine, 2,2-dimethylpyrrolidine, pyrrolidine or (R)-2-methylpiperidine then the procedure will produce NTP-64, NTP-66, NTP-70 or NTP-83, respectively. Procedure I: Synthesis of Clemastine mimics: SN2 reaction of chlorobenzhydrol and alkyl chloride.
The chlorobenzhydrol (1 equiv.) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (3 mL) in an oven dried sealed tube and the solution was degassed with nitrogen. Then tBuOK (2.2 equiv.), NTP-52, 64, 67, 70 or 83 (1.2 equiv.) and tetra-n-butylammonium iodide (0.2 equiv.) were added to it and the mixture was degassed again and stirred at 50 ºC overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled,
quenched with H2O (10 mL) and diluted with EtOAc (10 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were then dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (0 → 100% EtOAc in hexanes with 1% NEt3) to afford the above compounds. Table 7: Structure of compounds and NMR data
Biological experimental General experimental details MATERIALS: Biological grade materials, solvents, reagents and media components were purchased from commercial suppliers and used as provided. NBD-C6-ceramide 80 was from Invitrogen and AG 4-X4 ion exchange resin was from Bio-Rad. Reactions and media were prepared using ultrapure water from Milli-Q® water purification system. FBS refers to heat- inactivated foetal bovine serum. Solutions of test compounds were made up in DMSO, unless otherwise stated. INSTRUMENTS AND EQUIPMENT: 1.5 mL Eppendorfs were used during the preparation of serial dilutions. Media were filter-sterilised using a vacuum filter with a 0.22 μm pore CA membrane. Centrifugation steps were carried out using Sorvall® Legend RT centrifuge, Sorvall® Legend Micro 17R centrifuge, Beckman Coulter® centrifuges and ultracentrifuges. Eppendorf tubes were centrifuged using Sigma 1-14 microfuge. Disruption of yeast cells was performed using an IKA® Vortex Genius 3. Protein content and optical density (OD) were determined using a Boeco S-32 spectrophotometer. Eppendorf contents were dried using an Eppendorf Vacuum Concentrator 5301. Cells were counted using a Neubauer haemocytometer. 96-well plates used were Nest Biotechnology Co., Ltd cell culture plates (clear); Corning® Costar® cell culture plates (clear); Corning® V-bottom (clear); MultiScreen® Solvinert filter plates (Merck Millipore) and PerkinElmer OptiPlate-96 (black).24-well plates were supplied by Nest Biotechnology Co., Ltd and cover slips from Thomas Scientific®. Fluorescence quantification was carried out using SpectraMax® microplate reader with SoftMax® Pro 6.4 data analysis software from Molecular Devices and Synergy H4 and FLx800 microplate readers with Gen5® 1.08 data analysis software from Biotek. HPTLC silica plates were from Merck Millipore and imaged using a Fuji FLA-3000 plate reader with AIDA image analyser® (version 3.52). Solutions, buffers and media compositions are given in tables 8 and 9. Table 8: Details of the buffers and solutions used
Protocols All of the following biological procedures were carried out under sterile conditions unless otherwise stated. Leishmania culture Leishmania amazonensis (MHOM/Br/75/JOSEFA) promastigotes were maintained at 26 °C in Medium 199, supplemented with 15% FBS. Leishmania amazonensis (MHOM/Br/75/JOSEFA), Leishmania major (FV1) WT and Δ LCB2 promastigotes were maintained at 26 °C in Schneider’s insect medium at pH 7, supplemented with 15% FBS. Leishmania major (FV1) PX promastigotes were maintained at 26 °C in Schneider’s insect medium at pH 7, supplemented with 15% FBS and 40 μg mL-1 G418 (Gibco BRL). Leishmania amazonensis-GFP were selected for bright green fluorescence by 48 h-incubation in the presence of 1000 μg mL-1 G418 (Gibco BRL). Animals and ethics statement All mice used in the experiments were maintained under controlled temperature, filtered air and water, autoclave bedding, and commercial food at the animal facilities at Federal University of Rio de Janeiro. The animal protocols for this study were approved by the Federal University of Rio de Janeiro Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee under the number 030/17. The research was conducted in compliance with the principles stated in the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (NIH).
Isolation of Bone Marrow Derived Macrophages (BMDM) BMDM were differentiated from bone marrow of BALB/C, C57BL/6 and knock out C57BL/6 mice using L929-cell conditioned medium (LCCM) as a source of macrophage colony- stimulating factor (M-CSF) as described by Zamboni et al. (F. M. Marim, T. N. Silveira, D. S. Lima and D. S. Zamboni, PLOS ONE, 2010, 5, e15263). Briefly, bone marrow was extracted from the femurs and tibias and re-suspended in bone marrow differentiated media (which is RPMI 1640 medium supplemented with 20% LCCM) in Petri dishes for 7 days at 37 °C with 5% CO2. After, the plates were washed with warm PBS to remove detached cells, the adherent BMDM were gently scraped off the surface and re-suspended in RPMI (without LCCM). These cells are ready to use in the anti-amastigote intramacrophage assay and the macrophage cytotoxicity assay described below. Drugs Clemastine fumarate and cycloheximide were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. Glucantime solution (meglumine antimoniate, 300 mg mL 1) was a gift from Sanofi Aventis. Clemastine derivatives were synthesised using the procedure outline in the previous section. Stock solutions of clemastine and its derivatives (10 mM) were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) and kept at 0 - 4° C. Subsequent dilutions were done in culture media. For in vitro assays, all drugs were serially diluted in 100% DMSO, and then diluted 1:100 in culture medium, so that all final drug concentrations contained 1% DMSO. Preparation of LmjIPCS microsomal material Auxotrophic AUR1 mutant S. cerevisiae was complemented by the expression of the L. major IPCS to create YPH499-HIS-GAL-AUR1 pRS246 LmjIPCS. These steps were carried out under non-sterile conditions. Step 1: Preparation of cell extract Crude membranes from this mutant S. cerevisiae were prepared as described by Fischl et al. (A. S. Fischl, Y. Liu, A. Browdy and A. E. Cremesti, Methods in Enzymology, Academic Press, Massachusetts, 2000). The complemented yeast cells were propagated in SGR-W-L media until OD ³ 0.8. Cells were harvested by centrifugation (4,000 x g, 4 °C, 10 min) and washed with cold PBS (3 x 20 mL). The cell pellet was weighed and re-suspended in STE buffer (1.5 mL per 1g wet cell mass (WCM)). The yeast cells were disrupted using pre-chilled, acid washed glass beads (425-600 μm, 1.5 mL per 1g WCM), using a vortex mixer. Disruption step involved 30 cycles of 1 min vortex mixing followed by a 1 min rest on ice. Glass beads, unbroken cells and cell-wall debris were pelleted by centrifugation (3,800 x g, 4 °C, 15 min) to obtain cell extract (supernatant) which was removed and stored on ice. The pellet was re-suspended in STE buffer (0.5 mL per 1g WCM) and subjected to 20 further disruption cycles. Following centrifugation (3,800 x g, 4 °C, 15 min), the supernatant was removed and cell extracts combined.
Step 2: Preparation of crude microsomal membrane fraction The microsomal membrane faction, enriched in IPCS, was isolated from the cell extract by differential centrifugation. An initial centrifugation of the cell extract (23,000 x g, 4 °C, 15 min) pelleted large organelles and cell debris. The supernatant was removed and re-centrifuged (150,000 x g, 4 °C, 90 min) to obtain a pellet enriched with microsomal membranes. The pellet was re-suspended in storage buffer (approximately 100 μL) and the protein content was determined according to Bradford’s protocol.274 The concentration was adjusted to 20 mg ml-1 and 100 μL aliquots were stored in LoBind Eppendorf tubes at -80 °C. Step 3: Preparation of washed microsomal membranes The crude microsomal membranes were adjusted to a concentration of 10 mg mL-1 using STE buffer. Equal volume of the microsomal membranes and 2.5% CHAPS solution were mixed together and kept on ice for 1 h without shaking. The mixture was centrifuged (150,000 x g, 4 °C, 90 min) and the pellet re-suspended in storage buffer. The protein content was quantified according to Bradford’s protocol274 and the membranes were stored in LoBind Eppendorf tubes at -80 °C. Step 4: Determination of the Protein Content in Enzyme Units To standardise the assay and remove variability from sample preparation, microsome samples were normalised with respect to active enzyme content. The data is presented in enzyme units (U), where one unit (U) of enzyme converts 1 pmol of substrate per minute under the conditions described (1U = 1 pmol(product) min-1). A stock solution of NBD-C6-ceramide 80 at a concentration of 10 pmol μL-1 was used to produce a standard curve ranging from 0.2 pmol to 80 pmol. The volumes were adjusted to 200 μL with 1M potassium formate in MeOH and the fluorescence was read (Ex460/Em540). Samples of the washed microsomal membranes were incubated with NBD-C6-ceramide 80 and PI under assay conditions described for the 96-well plate–based LmjIPCS assay. and the product fluorescence measured (Ex460/Em540). Correlation with the standard curve allowed the activity of the microsome preparation to be determined in U μL-1. The membranes were adjusted to 1.5 U μL-1 with storage buffer and stored in LoBind Eppendorf tubes at -80 °C. Assays Anti-promastigote assays L. major promastigotes in Schneider’s insect medium (100 μL at 1 × 106 mL−1) were incubated in 96-well plates with compounds in triplicate (amphotericin B and cycloheximide were used as positive controls, and untreated parasites with 1% DMSO as a negative control) at 26 °C for 48
h. Resazurin Solution (10 μL) was then added and the plate incubated at 26 °C for 4 h prior to measurement using a fluorescence plate reader (555 - 585 nm). EC50 values were calculated using sigmoidal regression analysis (GraphPad Prism). L. amazonensis promastigotes in Schneider’s insect medium (100 μL at 5 × 105 mL−1) were incubated in 96-well plates with compounds in triplicate (amphotericin B was used as a positive control, and untreated parasites with DMSO as a negative control) at 26 °C for 48 h. Resazurin Solution (10 μL) was then added and the plate incubated at 26 °C for 4 h prior to measurement using a fluorescence plate reader (555 - 585 nm). EC50 values were calculated using sigmoidal regression analysis (GraphPad Prism). Anti-amastigote intramacrophage assay Bone marrow derived macrophages were diluted in RPMI 1640 medium to a concentration of 2 x 105 well-1 in a 24-well plate with round cover slips and incubated for 24 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. They were infected with L. amazonensis promastigotes (10:1) at 37 °C for 4 h. Then washed with PBS twice to remove extracellular promastigotes and fresh RPMI medium supplemented with 5% FBS was added. After 24 h serial dilutions of the test compounds in RPMI medium (350 μL) were added and the cells were incubated at 37 °C for 48 h. The adherent infected cells were then stained with Giemsa modified solution and amastigotes were counted using an optical Nikon® microscope. Macrophage cytotoxicity assay Bone marrow derived macrophages in RPMI 1640 medium were seeded (1 × 106 mL−1, 100 μL well-1) in 96-well plates and incubated for 24 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Following removal of media, serial dilutions of the test compounds in fresh RPMI medium (100 μL) were added and the cells were incubated for 48 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Aliquots of resazurin solution (10 μL) were then added and the cells were incubated at 37 °C and 5% CO2 for 4 h. Cell-viability measurement was carried out using a fluorescence plate reader. Triton was used as a reference compound. EC50 values were calculated using sigmoidal regression analysis. NO assay The generation of nitrite in bone marrow derived macrophages was assessed by the Griess Reagent System (1% sulfanilamide / 0.1% N-(1-naphthyl)-ethylenediaminedihydrochloride/ 2.5% H3PO4). Uninfected macrophages (1 × 106 mL−1, 100 μL well-1) in 96-well plates were incubated for 24 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Following removal of media, serial dilutions of the test compounds in fresh RPMI medium (100 μL) were added and the plate was incubated for 48 h at 37 °C and 5% CO2. The plates were centrifuged at 500 g/5 min and culture supernatants were then incubated with the Griess Reagent for 30 min at 37 °C. The absorbance was measured at 570 nm, and the nitrite concentration was determined using a standard curve of sodium nitrite
(0 to 50 µM). The positive control was macrophages incubated with 1 µg mL-1 of LPS (Sigma- Aldrich, Brazil) and 10% conditioned medium of lymphocytes as a source of IFN. Negative controls were cells treated with DMSO and untreated cells. In vivo assay Two month old BALB/c female mice, weighing 20 - 25 g and of approximately the same age were used for the study. For infection of mice, stationary phase GFP L. amazonensis promastigotes were collected, washed and suspended in sterile PBS. A volume of 10 μl of sterile PBS containing 2 x 106 parasites was injected into the right ear. On day seven of infection, animals were randomly distributed into 4 groups; IL (S,R)-157 (5 animals), IL clemastine fumarate (5 animals), IP glucantime solution (5 animals) and untreated (6 animals). Mice were treated with glucantime solution at a dose of 1.30 g kg-1 by intraperitoneal injection twice a week for 28 days. Mice were treated with (S,R)-157 or clemastine fumarate at a dose of 1.17 mg kg-1 by intralesional injection twice a week for 28 days. Infected ear thicknesses were measured once or twice a week with a caliper gauge, and the lesion sizes were expressed as the difference between the thickness of infected and non-infected ear. On day 41 animals were sacrificed and the fluorescence measured (485 - 528 nm) and parasite load quantified using a limiting dilution assay (LDA). Data on lesion progression were analysed for statistical significance by using the Dunnett test as part of the one-way ANOVA (GraphPad Prism 8 software). A result was considered significant at * P £ 0.05, ** P £ 0.01, *** P £ 0.001, **** P £ 0.0001.225 High performance thin layer chromatography (HPTLC) based LmjIPCS assay The following protocol was adapted from a literature procedure (J. G. Mina, J. A. Mosely, H. Z. Ali, H. Shams-Eldin, R. T. Schwarz, P. G. Steel and P. W. Denny, Int. J. Biochem. Cell Biol., 2010, 42, 1553–1561) and carried out under non-sterile conditions.145 Stock 1: Dry PI (1 mM, 30 μL) in a LoBind Eppendorf tube using a vacuum concentrator. To the dried PI, phosphate buffer (71.4 mM , pH 7.0, 105 μL), CHAPS (3 mM, 30 μL) and NBD-C6- ceramide 80 (200 μM, 1.7 μL) was added. The solution was mixed by vortex and stored on ice. Stock 2: Phosphate buffer (71.4 mM , pH 7.0, 105 μL), CHAPS (3 mM, 30 μL), storage buffer (6 μL) and microsomal membranes (1.5 μL) were combined in a LoBind Eppendorf tube. Stock 2 (23.75 μL) was added to n LoBind Eppendorf tubes (where n is the number of test compounds + controls), followed by the addition test compounds in DMSO (5 mM, 1 μL). After pre-incubation at 30 °C for 20 min, the reaction was started by the addition of stock 1 (23.75 μL)
to each tube and incubation at 30 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixtures were quenched with CHCl3:MeOH:H20 (10:10:3, 150 μL). The mixtures were centrifuged to separate phases, the organic layer was removed and dried using a vacuum concentrator. The residue was re-suspended in CHCl3:MeOH:H20 (10:10:3, 20 μL) and loaded (3 x 3 μL ) onto HPTLC plates (silica gel 60 F254). This was run using the solvent system CHCl3:MeOH:0.25% KCl(aq) (55:45:10) and the Rf values for the excess NBD-C6-ceramide 80 and the product NBD-C6-IPC 81 were 0.96 and 0.57 respectively. Product quantification was carried out using a fluorescence plate reader (Ex473/Em520). 96-well plate–based LmjIPCS assay The following protocol was adapted from a literature procedure (J. G. Mina, J. A. Mosely, H. Z. Ali, H. Shams-Eldin, R. T. Schwarz, P. G. Steel and P. W. Denny, Int. J. Biochem. Cell Biol., 2010, 42, 1553–1561) and carried out under non-sterile conditions. Stock 1: Dry PI (1 mM, 48 μL) in a glass vial using a vacuum concentrator. To the dried PI, phosphate buffer (71.4 mM , pH 7.0, 1680 μL), CHAPS (3 mM, 480 μL) and NBD-C6-ceramide 80 (200 μM, 120 μL) was added. The solution was mixed by vortex and stored on ice. Stock 2: Phosphate buffer (71.4 mM , pH 7.0, 1680 μL), CHAPS (3 mM, 480 μL), storage buffer (72 μL) and CHAPS-washed microsomal membranes (0.6 U) were combined in a glass vial. The solution was mixed by vortex and stored on ice. In a V-bottom 96-well plate, stock 1 (19 μL well-1) and test compounds (0.8 μL) were added. The reaction was initiated by the addition of stock 2 (20 μL well-1) and was incubated at 30 °C for 25 min before quenching with MeOH (200 μL well-1). Separation of the reaction product, NBD-C6-ceramide 80, from the starting material, IPC-C6- caramide 81, was achieved using anion exchange chromatography.20% w/v AG4-X4 resin in EtOH (200 μL well-1) was added to a 96-well filter plate and centrifuged (2,450 x g, rt, 27 seconds). The resin was incubated with formic acid (50 μL well-1) for 5 minutes before being centrifuged (2,450 x g, rt, 27 seconds). The resin was then washed with water and dried by centrifugation (2,450 x g, rt, 27 seconds). The reaction mixture (200 μL) was loaded onto the resin and the starting material, NBD-C6- ceramide 80, removed by centrifugation (2,450 x g, rt, 1 min). The resin was washed with MeOH (5 x 200 μL) and subsequent centrifugation (2,450 x g, rt, 1 min). The product, NBD-C6- IPC 81, was eluted into black plates with potassium formate in MeOH (1M, 4 x 50 μL) followed by centrifugation (2,450 x g, rt, 1 min). Product quantification was carried out using a
fluorescence plate reader (Ex460/Em540) and IC50 values were calculated using sigmoidal regression analysis (GraphPad Prism). Anti-leishmanial activity upon Leishmania donovani AG83 strain The compounds were prepared in DMSO. The inventors incubated the L. donovani promastigotes with the 21 compounds for different time-points, i.e., 1h, 24 and 72h and checked the viability of the parasites using MTT tetrazolium assay. The inventors then proceeded to study the efficacy of these selected compounds at clearing L. donovani amastigotes from macrophage. For that they first estimated the toxicity of the compounds upon healthy RAW 264.7 macrophage cell line. The inventors then infected RAW cells with L. donovani parasites and 72 h post-infection, they treated these infected cells with the compounds for 1 h. Geimsa staining based analysis of amastigotes burden per 100 macrophages was used to determine the toxic effect upon the amastigotes.
Claims
Claims 1. A compound of formula (I):
, wherein X1 is CR3, N or SiR3; L1 and L2 are independently absent or a linker with a backbone consisting of between 1 and 5 atoms, the linker comprising at least one group, the or each group being independently selected from the list consisting of an optionally substituted C1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkynylene, NR5, O, S, SO and SO2; R1 and R2 are independently an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl, an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl, an optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-12 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-12 alkynyl; R3 is H, an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl or an optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl; L3 is a linker with a backbone consisting of between 2 and 7 atoms, the linker comprising at least one group, the or each group being independently selected from the list consisting of an optionally substituted C1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkynylene, NR5, O, S, SO and SO2; and R4 is an optionally substituted 5 or 6 membered heterocycle or heteroaryl comprising a nitrogen atom, wherein the nitrogen atom in the heterocycle is bonded directly to L3; R5 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl or C2-6 alkynyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof. 2. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of formula (Ia):
, wherein X2 is C or Si. 3. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound is a compound of formula (Iai), formula (Iaii) or formula (Iaiii):
4. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound is a compound of formula (Iaii):
5. The compound of any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein X2 is C. 6. The compound of any preceding claim, wherein L1 and L2 are absent. 7. The compound of any preceding claim, wherein R1 is an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl or an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. 8. The compound of claim 7, wherein R1 is
9. The compound of any preceding claim, wherein R2 may be an optionally substituted C6-12 aryl or an optionally substituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. 10. The compound of claim 9, wherein R2 is an unsubstituted phenyl. 11. The compound of any preceding claim, wherein R3 is H or methyl.
12. The compound of claim 11, wherein R3 is H. 13. The compound of any preceding claim, wherein R4 is an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl. The compound of claim 13, wherein R4 is
,
15. The compound of any preceding claim, wherein L3 is –L4-L5-, wherein L5 is bonded directly to R4, L4 is NR5, O, S, SO or SO2 and L5 is an optionally substituted C1-7 alkylene, an optionally substituted C2-7 alkenylene or an optionally substituted C2-7 alkynylene,. 16. The compound of claim 15, wherein L4 is O. 17. The compound of claim 15 or claim 16, wherein L5 is –CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2- or –CH2CH2CH2CH2-. 18. The compound of claim 17, wherein L5 is -CH2CH2CH2-. 19. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from:
(101) (102)
20. A pharmaceutical composition for treating a microbial infection comprising a compound of formula (I), as defined by anyone of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable complex, salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. 21. A liposomal formulation comprising a compound of formula (I) as defined by any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof and a liposomal carrier. 22. The compound of formula (I), as defined by any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or the pharmaceutical composition as defined by claim 20, or the liposomal formulation defined by claim 21, for use as a medicament. 23. The compound of formula (I), as defined by any one of claims 1 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, or the pharmaceutical composition as defined by claim 20, or the liposomal formulation defined by claim 21, for use in treating a microbial infection or an allergic reaction. 24. The compound or composition for use according to claim 23, wherein the compound is for use in treating a microbial infection, and the microbial infection is a parasitic infection, preferably a protozoan parasitic infection.
25. The compound or composition for use according to claim 24, wherein the parasitic infection is leishmaniasis, Chagas disease or African sleeping sickness. 26. The compound or composition for use according to claim 25, wherein the parasitic infection is leishmaniasis.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
GB202113521 | 2021-09-22 | ||
GB2113521.5 | 2021-09-22 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023047107A1 true WO2023047107A1 (en) | 2023-03-30 |
Family
ID=83598524
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/GB2022/052392 WO2023047107A1 (en) | 2021-09-22 | 2022-09-22 | Aryl or heteroaryl derived compounds for the treatments of microbial infections |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2023047107A1 (en) |
Citations (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0470686A2 (en) * | 1990-08-09 | 1992-02-12 | Sankyo Company Limited | (Benzhydryloxyethylpiperidyl)aliphatic acid derivatives and their use in the treatment of allergies and asthma |
WO2002034719A1 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2002-05-02 | Sankyo Company, Limited | Nitrogenous saturated heterocycle compounds |
WO2002036122A1 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2002-05-10 | Sankyo Company,Limited | Preventive or therapeutic medicines for hepatitis and/or hepatopathy |
JP2002322059A (en) * | 2001-04-25 | 2002-11-08 | Sankyo Co Ltd | Prophylactic or therapeutic agent for inflammatory intestinal disease |
WO2003062234A1 (en) * | 2002-01-23 | 2003-07-31 | Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Quinoxaline compounds |
US6835371B1 (en) * | 1997-09-12 | 2004-12-28 | David R. Elmaleh | Diagnostic and therapeutic piperazine and piperidine compounds and process |
US20050222166A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Elmaleh David R | Diagnostic and therapeutic alkyl piperidine/piperazine compounds and process |
WO2006015279A1 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2006-02-09 | Neurogen Corporation | Heterocyclic diamine compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor useful for the treatment of obesity, diabetes, eating and sexual disorders |
WO2006040181A2 (en) * | 2004-10-14 | 2006-04-20 | Euro-Celtique S.A. | 4-phenylsulfonamidopiperidines as calcium channel blockers |
CN1765884A (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2006-05-03 | 上海人类基因组研究中心 | Antimycotic compound and its preparation method and uses |
US20090163545A1 (en) * | 2007-12-21 | 2009-06-25 | University Of Rochester | Method For Altering The Lifespan Of Eukaryotic Organisms |
WO2009137597A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-12 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | COMPOUNDS THAT INHIBIT PRODUCTION OF sAPPβ AND Aβ AND USES THEREOF |
WO2011060271A1 (en) * | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-19 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Screening for inhibitors of p. falciparum using luciferase based high throughput screening assay |
WO2012162249A1 (en) * | 2011-05-20 | 2012-11-29 | Benjamin Wolozin | Identification of compounds that disperse tdp-43 inclusions |
KR101819472B1 (en) * | 2017-02-14 | 2018-01-17 | 전남대학교산학협력단 | Novel 1,4-substituted piperazine or piperidine compounds and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same |
US20200138964A1 (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2020-05-07 | Seikagaku Corporation | Tertiary amine compound or imine compound-polymer conjugate and production method therefor |
-
2022
- 2022-09-22 WO PCT/GB2022/052392 patent/WO2023047107A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (16)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0470686A2 (en) * | 1990-08-09 | 1992-02-12 | Sankyo Company Limited | (Benzhydryloxyethylpiperidyl)aliphatic acid derivatives and their use in the treatment of allergies and asthma |
US6835371B1 (en) * | 1997-09-12 | 2004-12-28 | David R. Elmaleh | Diagnostic and therapeutic piperazine and piperidine compounds and process |
WO2002034719A1 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2002-05-02 | Sankyo Company, Limited | Nitrogenous saturated heterocycle compounds |
WO2002036122A1 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2002-05-10 | Sankyo Company,Limited | Preventive or therapeutic medicines for hepatitis and/or hepatopathy |
JP2002322059A (en) * | 2001-04-25 | 2002-11-08 | Sankyo Co Ltd | Prophylactic or therapeutic agent for inflammatory intestinal disease |
WO2003062234A1 (en) * | 2002-01-23 | 2003-07-31 | Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Quinoxaline compounds |
US20050222166A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Elmaleh David R | Diagnostic and therapeutic alkyl piperidine/piperazine compounds and process |
WO2006015279A1 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2006-02-09 | Neurogen Corporation | Heterocyclic diamine compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor useful for the treatment of obesity, diabetes, eating and sexual disorders |
WO2006040181A2 (en) * | 2004-10-14 | 2006-04-20 | Euro-Celtique S.A. | 4-phenylsulfonamidopiperidines as calcium channel blockers |
CN1765884A (en) * | 2005-11-08 | 2006-05-03 | 上海人类基因组研究中心 | Antimycotic compound and its preparation method and uses |
US20090163545A1 (en) * | 2007-12-21 | 2009-06-25 | University Of Rochester | Method For Altering The Lifespan Of Eukaryotic Organisms |
WO2009137597A1 (en) * | 2008-05-06 | 2009-11-12 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | COMPOUNDS THAT INHIBIT PRODUCTION OF sAPPβ AND Aβ AND USES THEREOF |
WO2011060271A1 (en) * | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-19 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Screening for inhibitors of p. falciparum using luciferase based high throughput screening assay |
WO2012162249A1 (en) * | 2011-05-20 | 2012-11-29 | Benjamin Wolozin | Identification of compounds that disperse tdp-43 inclusions |
KR101819472B1 (en) * | 2017-02-14 | 2018-01-17 | 전남대학교산학협력단 | Novel 1,4-substituted piperazine or piperidine compounds and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same |
US20200138964A1 (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2020-05-07 | Seikagaku Corporation | Tertiary amine compound or imine compound-polymer conjugate and production method therefor |
Non-Patent Citations (12)
Title |
---|
A. S. FISCHLY. LIUA. BROWDYA. E. CREMESTI: "Methods in Enzymology", 2000, ACADEMIC PRESS |
CHOI SUNG-WOON ET AL: "Novel (bisarylmethoxy)butylpiperidine analogues as neurotransmitter transporter inhibitors with activity at dopamine receptor sites", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 10, no. 12, 1 December 2002 (2002-12-01), AMSTERDAM, NL, pages 4091 - 4102, XP093004604, ISSN: 0968-0896, DOI: 10.1016/S0968-0896(02)00348-6 * |
F. M. MARIMT. N. SILVEIRAD. S. LIMAD. S. ZAMBONI, PLOS ONE, vol. 5, 2010, pages e15263 |
J. G. MINAJ. A. MOSELYH. Z. ALIH. SHAMS-ELDINR. T. SCHWARZP. G. STEELP. W. DENNY, INT. J. BIOCHEM. CELL BIOL., vol. 43, 2010, pages 1553 - 1561 |
MARCEL KAISER ET AL: "Antiprotozoal Activity Profiling of Approved Drugs: A Starting Point toward Drug Repositioning", PLOS ONE, vol. 10, no. 8, 13 August 2015 (2015-08-13), pages e0135556, XP055344644, DOI: 10.1371/journal.pone.0135556 * |
NAIROUKH ZACKARIA ET AL: "The formation of all-cis-(multi)fluorinated piperidines by a dearomatization-hydrogenation process", NATURE CHEMISTRY, NATURE PUBLISHING GROUP UK, LONDON, vol. 11, no. 3, 21 January 2019 (2019-01-21), pages 264 - 270, XP036707001, ISSN: 1755-4330, [retrieved on 20190121], DOI: 10.1038/S41557-018-0197-2 * |
NI SHENGYANG ET AL: "A Radical Approach to Anionic Chemistry: Synthesis of Ketones, Alcohols, and Amines", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 141, no. 16, 3 April 2019 (2019-04-03), pages 6726 - 6739, XP093004599, ISSN: 0002-7863, DOI: 10.1021/jacs.9b02238 * |
SINHA ET AL.: "Cationic Liposomal Sodium Stibogluconate (SSG), a Potent Therapeutic Tool for Treatment of Infection by SSG-Sensitive and -Resistant Leishmania donovani", ANTIMICROBIAL AGENTS AND CHEMOTHERAPY, vol. 59, no. 1, January 2015 (2015-01-01), pages 344 - 355 |
VISCHER H F ET AL: "Identification of novel allosteric nonpeptidergic inhibitors of the human cytomegalovirus-encoded chemokine receptor US28", BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 18, no. 2, 15 January 2010 (2010-01-15), pages 675 - 688, XP026835898, ISSN: 0968-0896, [retrieved on 20091206] * |
WISE LAWRENCE D ET AL: "l-[3-(Diarylamino)propyl]piperidines and Related Compounds, Potential Antipsychotic Agents with Low Cataleptogenic Profiles", J. MED. CHEM, vol. 28, no. 21, 1 January 1985 (1985-01-01), pages 606 - 612, XP093004590 * |
WISE LAWRENCE D. ET AL: "Examination of a series of 8-[3-[bis(4-fluorophenyl)amino]propyl]-1-aryl-1,3,8-triazaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ones as potential antipsychotic agents", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 28, no. 12, 1 December 1985 (1985-12-01), US, pages 1811 - 1817, XP093003648, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm00150a011 * |
XIONGJIE JIN ET AL: "Supported Gold Nanoparticles for Efficient [alpha]-Oxygenation of Secondary and Tertiary Amines into Amides", ANGEWANDTE CHEMIE, WILEY - V C H VERLAG GMBH & CO. KGAA, DE, vol. 128, no. 25, 6 May 2016 (2016-05-06), pages 7328 - 7333, XP071368620, ISSN: 0044-8249, DOI: 10.1002/ANGE.201602695 * |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CN107573332B (en) | Aromatic acetylene or aromatic vinyl compound, intermediate thereof, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application | |
CN110267963B (en) | MAGL inhibitors | |
EP3675848B1 (en) | Spirocycle compounds and methods of making and using same | |
CN110248947B (en) | MAGL inhibitors | |
JP7422139B2 (en) | Tricyclic compounds that act on CRBN protein | |
CN110267962B (en) | MAGL inhibitors | |
US20090176760A1 (en) | Tricyclic compounds | |
EP3191454B1 (en) | Cyclopropanecarboxylic acid gpr120 modulators | |
EA026367B1 (en) | Aryl dihydropyridinone and piperidinone mgat2 inhibitors | |
WO2016040223A1 (en) | Cyclobutane containing carboxylic acid gpr120 modulators | |
US11498896B2 (en) | Dopamine D2 receptor ligands | |
US20240166618A1 (en) | Phenalkylamines and methods of making and using the same | |
JP6180432B2 (en) | Azaadamantane derivatives and uses thereof | |
US9493430B2 (en) | Biaryl- or heterocyclic biaryl-substituted cyclohexene derivative compounds as CETP inhibitors | |
EP1043308A1 (en) | Phenylaminoalkylcarboxylic acid derivatives and medicinal compositions containing the same | |
WO2017095722A1 (en) | Aryl acylsulfonamides as blt1 antagonists | |
EP1263714B1 (en) | Novel phenylheteroalkylamine derivatives | |
US10336709B2 (en) | Lp-PLA2 inhibitors | |
EP3743419B1 (en) | Novel compounds for the treatment of parasitic infections | |
WO2020249064A1 (en) | Compounds for modulating fxr | |
WO2023047107A1 (en) | Aryl or heteroaryl derived compounds for the treatments of microbial infections | |
EP2831063B1 (en) | Schweinfurthin analogues | |
EP2892897A1 (en) | Pyrrolone or pyrrolidinone melanin concentrating hormone receptor-1 antagonists | |
CN111247119B (en) | Amidine and guanidine derivatives, preparation method and application thereof in medicines | |
CN114085223A (en) | Novel macrocyclic small molecule PCSK9 protein inhibitor |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22786069 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22786069 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |